1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 156 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 157 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 158 continue; 159 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 160 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 161 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 162 if (FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 165 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 166 return ParsedType(); 167 } 168 } 169 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 170 return ParsedType(); 171 172 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 173 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 174 // lookup during template instantiation. 175 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 176 177 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 178 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 179 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 180 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 181 182 CXXScopeSpec SS; 183 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 184 185 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 186 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 187 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 188 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 189 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 190 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 191 } 192 193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 194 /// return the declaration of that type. 195 /// 196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 202 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 203 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 204 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 205 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 206 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 207 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 208 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 209 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 210 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 211 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 212 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 213 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 214 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 215 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 216 217 if (!LookupCtx) { 218 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 219 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 220 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 221 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 222 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 223 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 224 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 225 // 226 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 227 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 228 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 229 return ParsedType(); 230 231 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 232 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 233 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 234 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 235 236 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 237 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 238 II, NameLoc); 239 return ParsedType::make(T); 240 } 241 242 return ParsedType(); 243 } 244 245 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 246 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 247 return ParsedType(); 248 } 249 250 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 251 // lookup for class-names. 252 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 253 LookupOrdinaryName; 254 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 255 if (LookupCtx) { 256 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 257 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 258 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 259 // nested-name-specifier. 260 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 261 262 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 263 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 264 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 265 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 266 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 267 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 268 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 269 LookupName(Result, S); 270 } 271 } else { 272 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 273 LookupName(Result, S); 274 275 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 276 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 277 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 278 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 279 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 280 return TypeInBase; 281 } 282 } 283 284 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 285 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 286 case LookupResult::NotFound: 287 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 288 if (CorrectedII) { 289 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 290 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 291 Kind, S, SS, Validator, 292 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 293 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 294 TemplateTy Template; 295 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 296 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 297 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 298 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 299 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 300 if (SS && NNS) { 301 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 302 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 303 } 304 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 305 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 306 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 307 // is handled elsewhere). 308 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 309 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 310 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 311 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 312 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 313 IsCtorOrDtorName, 314 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 315 if (Ty) { 316 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 317 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 318 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 319 if (SS && NNS) 320 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 321 *CorrectedII = NewII; 322 return Ty; 323 } 324 } 325 } 326 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 327 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 328 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 329 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 330 return ParsedType(); 331 332 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 333 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 334 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 335 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 336 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 337 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 338 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 339 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 340 return ParsedType(); 341 } 342 343 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 344 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 345 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 346 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 347 if (!IIDecl || 348 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 349 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 350 IIDecl = *Res; 351 } 352 } 353 354 if (!IIDecl) { 355 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 356 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 357 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 358 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 359 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 360 // a type name. 361 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 362 return ParsedType(); 363 } 364 365 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 366 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 367 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 368 // perform the name lookup again. 369 break; 370 371 case LookupResult::Found: 372 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 373 break; 374 } 375 376 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 377 378 QualType T; 379 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 380 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 381 382 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 383 384 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 385 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 386 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 387 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 388 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 389 // Construct a type with type-source information. 390 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 391 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 392 393 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 394 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 395 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 396 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 397 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 398 } else { 399 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 400 } 401 } 402 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 403 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 404 if (!HasTrailingDot) 405 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 406 } 407 408 if (T.isNull()) { 409 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 410 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 411 return ParsedType(); 412 } 413 return ParsedType::make(T); 414 } 415 416 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 417 static NestedNameSpecifier * 418 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 419 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 420 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 421 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 422 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 423 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 424 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 425 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 426 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 427 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 428 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 429 } 430 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 431 } 432 433 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 434 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 435 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 436 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 437 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 438 439 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 440 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 441 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 442 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 443 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 444 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 445 446 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 447 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 448 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 449 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 450 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 451 452 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 453 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 454 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 455 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 456 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 457 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 458 } 459 460 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 461 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 462 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 463 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 464 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 465 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 466 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 467 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 468 LookupName(R, S, false); 469 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 470 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 471 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 472 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 473 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 474 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 475 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 476 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 477 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 478 } 479 } 480 481 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 482 } 483 484 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 485 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 486 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 487 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 488 /// @code 489 /// template<class T> class A { 490 /// public: 491 /// typedef int TYPE; 492 /// }; 493 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 494 /// public: 495 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 496 /// }; 497 /// @endcode 498 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 499 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 500 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 501 502 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 503 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 504 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 505 return true; 506 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 507 } 508 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 509 } 510 511 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 512 SourceLocation IILoc, 513 Scope *S, 514 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 515 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 516 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 517 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 518 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 519 520 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 521 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 522 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 523 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 524 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 525 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 526 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 527 // We corrected to a keyword. 528 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 529 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 530 } else { 531 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 532 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 533 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 534 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 535 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 536 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 537 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 538 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 539 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 540 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 541 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 542 } else { 543 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 544 } 545 546 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 547 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 548 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 549 SourceRange(IILoc)); 550 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 551 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 552 false, ParsedType(), 553 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 554 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 555 } 556 return; 557 } 558 559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 560 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 561 UnqualifiedId Name; 562 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 563 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 564 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 565 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 566 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 567 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 568 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 569 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 570 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 571 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 572 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 573 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 574 } 575 return; 576 } 577 } 578 579 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 580 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 581 582 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 583 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 584 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 585 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 586 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 587 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 588 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 589 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 590 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 591 592 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 593 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 594 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 595 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 596 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 597 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 598 } else { 599 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 600 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 601 } 602 } 603 604 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 605 /// or 606 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 607 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 608 NextToken.is(tok::less); 609 610 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 611 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 612 return true; 613 614 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 615 return true; 616 } 617 618 return false; 619 } 620 621 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 622 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 623 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 624 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 625 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 626 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 627 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 628 StringRef FixItTagName; 629 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 630 case TTK_Class: 631 FixItTagName = "class "; 632 break; 633 634 case TTK_Enum: 635 FixItTagName = "enum "; 636 break; 637 638 case TTK_Struct: 639 FixItTagName = "struct "; 640 break; 641 642 case TTK_Interface: 643 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 644 break; 645 646 case TTK_Union: 647 FixItTagName = "union "; 648 break; 649 } 650 651 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 652 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 653 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 654 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 655 656 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 657 I != IEnd; ++I) 658 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 659 << Name << TagName; 660 661 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 662 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 663 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 664 return true; 665 } 666 667 return false; 668 } 669 670 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 671 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 672 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 673 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 674 675 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 676 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 677 678 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 679 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 680 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 681 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 682 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 683 } 684 685 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 686 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 687 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 688 SourceLocation NameLoc, 689 const Token &NextToken, 690 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 691 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 692 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 693 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 694 695 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 696 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 697 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 698 } 699 700 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 701 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 702 703 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 704 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 705 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 706 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 707 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 708 return TypeInBase; 709 } 710 711 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 712 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 713 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 714 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 715 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 716 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 717 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 bool SecondTry = false; 722 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 723 724 Corrected: 725 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 726 case LookupResult::NotFound: 727 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 728 // call. 729 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 730 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 731 // FIXME: Reference? 732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 733 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 734 735 // C90 6.3.2.2: 736 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 737 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 738 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 739 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 740 // the function call, the declaration 741 // 742 // extern int identifier (); 743 // 744 // appeared. 745 // 746 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 747 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 748 Result.addDecl(D); 749 Result.resolveKind(); 750 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 751 } 752 } 753 754 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 755 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 756 // "struct", or "union". 757 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 758 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 759 break; 760 } 761 762 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 763 // close to this name. 764 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 765 SecondTry = true; 766 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 767 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 768 &SS, *CCC, 769 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 770 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 771 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 772 773 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 774 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 775 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 777 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 778 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 779 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 780 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 781 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 782 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 783 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 784 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 785 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 786 } 787 788 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 789 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 790 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 791 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 792 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 793 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 794 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 795 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 796 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 797 } 798 799 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 800 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 801 802 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 803 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 804 return Name; 805 806 // Also update the LookupResult... 807 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 808 Result.clear(); 809 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 810 if (FirstDecl) 811 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 812 813 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 814 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 815 // reference the ivar. 816 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 817 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 818 Result.clear(); 819 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 820 return E; 821 } 822 823 goto Corrected; 824 } 825 } 826 827 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 828 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 829 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 830 831 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 832 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 833 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 834 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 835 836 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 837 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 838 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 839 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 840 // qualified by the keyword typename. 841 // 842 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 843 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 844 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 845 // keyword here. 846 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 847 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 848 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 849 } 850 851 case LookupResult::Found: 852 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 853 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 854 break; 855 856 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 857 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 858 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 859 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 860 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 861 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 862 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 863 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 864 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 865 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 866 // ambiguous. 867 // 868 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 869 // so try again after filtering out template names. 870 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 871 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 872 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 873 break; 874 } 875 } 876 877 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 878 return NameClassification::Error(); 879 } 880 881 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 882 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 883 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 884 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 885 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 886 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 887 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 888 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 889 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 890 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 891 892 if (!Result.empty()) { 893 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 894 bool IsVarTemplate; 895 TemplateName Template; 896 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 897 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 898 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 899 Result.end()); 900 } else { 901 TemplateDecl *TD 902 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 903 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 904 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 905 906 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 907 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 908 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 909 TD); 910 else 911 Template = TemplateName(TD); 912 } 913 914 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 915 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 916 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 917 // to based on which function we selected. 918 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 919 920 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 921 } 922 923 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 924 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 925 } 926 } 927 928 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 929 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 930 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 931 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 932 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 933 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 934 return ParsedType::make(T); 935 } 936 937 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 938 if (!Class) { 939 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 940 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 941 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 942 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 943 } 944 945 if (Class) { 946 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 947 948 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 949 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 950 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 951 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 952 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 953 } 954 955 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 956 return ParsedType::make(T); 957 } 958 959 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 960 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 961 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 962 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 963 964 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 965 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 966 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 967 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 968 (NextIsOp && 969 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 970 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 971 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 972 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 973 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 974 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 975 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 976 return ParsedType::make(T); 977 } 978 979 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 980 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 981 nullptr); 982 983 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 984 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 985 } 986 987 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 988 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 989 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 990 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 991 992 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 993 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 994 // the context we'll need to return to. 995 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 996 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 997 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 998 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 999 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1000 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1001 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1002 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1003 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1004 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1005 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1006 1007 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1008 // lexical context. 1009 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1010 return DC; 1011 1012 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1013 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1014 // class is the context we need to return to. 1015 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1016 DC = RD; 1017 1018 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1019 // declared in. 1020 return DC; 1021 } 1022 1023 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1024 } 1025 1026 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1027 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1028 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1029 CurContext = DC; 1030 S->setEntity(DC); 1031 } 1032 1033 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1034 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1035 1036 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1037 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1038 } 1039 1040 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1041 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1042 /// 1043 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1044 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1045 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1046 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1047 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1048 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1049 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1050 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1051 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1052 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1053 // namespace. 1054 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1055 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1056 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1057 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1058 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1059 1060 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1061 1062 #ifndef NDEBUG 1063 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1064 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1065 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1066 #endif 1067 1068 CurContext = DC; 1069 S->setEntity(DC); 1070 } 1071 1072 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1073 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1074 1075 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1076 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1077 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1078 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1079 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1080 1081 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1082 // disappear. 1083 } 1084 1085 1086 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1087 // We assume that the caller has already called 1088 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1089 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1090 if (!FD) 1091 return; 1092 1093 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1094 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1095 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1096 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1097 CurContext = FD; 1098 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1099 1100 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1101 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1102 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1103 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1104 S->AddDecl(Param); 1105 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1106 } 1107 } 1108 } 1109 1110 1111 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1112 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1113 // rather than the top-level class. 1114 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1115 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1116 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1117 } 1118 1119 1120 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1121 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1122 /// 1123 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1124 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1125 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1126 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1127 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1128 /// attribute. 1129 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1130 ASTContext &Context) { 1131 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1132 return true; 1133 1134 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1135 return true; 1136 1137 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1138 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1139 } 1140 1141 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1142 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1143 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1144 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1145 // scope. 1146 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1147 S = S->getParent(); 1148 1149 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1150 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1151 // into any context. 1152 if (AddToContext) 1153 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1154 1155 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1156 // are function-local declarations. 1157 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1158 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1159 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1160 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1161 return; 1162 1163 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1164 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1165 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1166 return; 1167 1168 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1169 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1170 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1171 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1172 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1173 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1174 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1175 1176 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1177 break; 1178 } 1179 } 1180 1181 S->AddDecl(D); 1182 1183 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1184 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1185 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1186 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1187 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1188 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1189 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1190 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1191 continue; 1192 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1193 break; 1194 } 1195 1196 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1197 } else { 1198 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1199 } 1200 } 1201 1202 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1203 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1204 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1205 } 1206 1207 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1208 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1209 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1210 } 1211 1212 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1213 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1214 do { 1215 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1216 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1217 return S; 1218 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1219 1220 return nullptr; 1221 } 1222 1223 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1224 DeclContext*, 1225 ASTContext&); 1226 1227 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1228 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1229 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1230 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1231 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1232 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1233 while (F.hasNext()) { 1234 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1235 1236 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1237 continue; 1238 1239 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1240 continue; 1241 1242 F.erase(); 1243 } 1244 1245 F.done(); 1246 } 1247 1248 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1249 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1250 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1251 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1252 } 1253 1254 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1255 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1256 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1257 while (F.hasNext()) 1258 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1259 F.erase(); 1260 1261 F.done(); 1262 } 1263 1264 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1265 /// @code 1266 /// class S { 1267 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1268 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1269 /// }; 1270 /// @endcode 1271 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1272 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1273 // the decl here. 1274 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1275 return false; 1276 1277 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1278 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1279 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1280 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1281 return false; 1282 } 1283 1284 // We need this to handle 1285 // 1286 // typedef struct { 1287 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1288 // } A; 1289 // 1290 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1291 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1292 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1293 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1294 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1295 // not. 1296 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1297 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1298 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1299 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1300 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1301 return true; 1302 } 1303 DC = DC->getParent(); 1304 } 1305 1306 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1307 } 1308 1309 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1310 // these semantics. 1311 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1312 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1313 return false; 1314 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1315 } 1316 1317 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1318 assert(D); 1319 1320 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1321 return false; 1322 1323 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1324 // of members of class templates. 1325 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1326 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1327 return false; 1328 1329 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1330 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1331 return false; 1332 1333 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1334 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1335 return false; 1336 } else { 1337 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1338 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1339 return false; 1340 } 1341 1342 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1343 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1344 return false; 1345 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1346 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1347 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1348 // like "inline".) 1349 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1350 return false; 1351 1352 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1353 return false; 1354 1355 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1356 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1357 return false; 1358 } else { 1359 return false; 1360 } 1361 1362 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1363 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1364 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1365 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1366 } 1367 1368 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1369 if (!D) 1370 return; 1371 1372 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1373 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1374 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1375 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1376 } 1377 1378 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1379 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1380 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1381 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1382 } 1383 1384 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1385 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1386 } 1387 1388 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1389 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1390 return false; 1391 1392 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1393 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1394 return false; 1395 1396 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1397 return true; 1398 1399 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1400 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1401 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1402 return false; 1403 1404 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1405 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1406 1407 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1408 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1409 1410 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1411 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1412 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1413 return false; 1414 } 1415 1416 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1417 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1418 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1419 return false; 1420 1421 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1422 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1423 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1424 return false; 1425 1426 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1427 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1428 return false; 1429 1430 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1431 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1432 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1433 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1434 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1435 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1436 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1437 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1438 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1439 return false; 1440 } 1441 } 1442 } 1443 } 1444 1445 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1446 } 1447 1448 return true; 1449 } 1450 1451 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1452 FixItHint &Hint) { 1453 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1454 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1455 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1456 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1457 return; 1458 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1459 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1460 } 1461 return; 1462 } 1463 1464 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1465 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1466 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1467 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1468 return; 1469 1470 FixItHint Hint; 1471 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1472 1473 unsigned DiagID; 1474 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1475 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1476 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1477 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1478 else 1479 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1480 1481 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1482 } 1483 1484 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1485 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1486 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1487 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1488 if (L->getStmt() == nullptr) 1489 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1490 } 1491 1492 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1493 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1494 1495 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1496 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1497 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1498 1499 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1500 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1501 1502 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1503 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1504 1505 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1506 1507 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1508 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1509 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1510 1511 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1512 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1513 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1514 1515 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1516 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1517 } 1518 } 1519 1520 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1521 /// 1522 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1523 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1524 /// to the fixed name. 1525 /// 1526 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1527 /// 1528 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1529 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1530 /// 1531 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1532 /// class could not be found. 1533 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1534 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1535 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1536 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1537 // creation from this context. 1538 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1539 1540 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1541 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1542 // find an Objective-C class name. 1543 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1544 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1545 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1546 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1547 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1548 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1549 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1550 } 1551 } 1552 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1553 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1554 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1555 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1556 return Def; 1557 } 1558 1559 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1560 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1561 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1562 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1563 /// ill-formed in C++: 1564 /// @code 1565 /// struct S6 { 1566 /// enum { BAR } e; 1567 /// }; 1568 /// 1569 /// void test_S6() { 1570 /// struct S6 a; 1571 /// a.e = BAR; 1572 /// } 1573 /// @endcode 1574 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1575 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1576 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1577 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1578 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1579 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1580 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1581 /// contain non-field names. 1582 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1583 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1584 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1585 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1586 S = S->getParent(); 1587 return S; 1588 } 1589 1590 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1591 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1592 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1593 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1594 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1595 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1596 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1597 return; 1598 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1599 1600 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1601 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1602 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1603 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1604 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1605 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1606 } 1607 1608 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1609 switch (Error) { 1610 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1611 return ""; 1612 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1613 return "stdio.h"; 1614 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1615 return "setjmp.h"; 1616 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1617 return "ucontext.h"; 1618 } 1619 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1620 } 1621 1622 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1623 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1624 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1625 /// built-in. 1626 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1627 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1628 SourceLocation Loc) { 1629 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1630 1631 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1632 1633 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1634 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1635 if (Error) { 1636 if (ForRedeclaration) 1637 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1638 << getHeaderName(Error) 1639 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1640 return nullptr; 1641 } 1642 1643 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1644 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1645 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1646 << R; 1647 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1648 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1649 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1650 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1651 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1652 } 1653 1654 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1655 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1656 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1657 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1658 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1659 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1660 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1661 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1662 } 1663 1664 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1665 Parent, 1666 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1667 SC_Extern, 1668 false, 1669 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1670 New->setImplicit(); 1671 1672 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1673 // FunctionDecl. 1674 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1675 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1676 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1677 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1678 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1679 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1680 SC_None, nullptr); 1681 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1682 Params.push_back(parm); 1683 } 1684 New->setParams(Params); 1685 } 1686 1687 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1688 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1689 1690 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1691 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1692 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1693 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1694 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1695 CurContext = Parent; 1696 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1697 CurContext = SavedContext; 1698 return New; 1699 } 1700 1701 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1702 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1703 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1704 /// entity. 1705 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1706 NamedDecl *decl, 1707 LookupResult &previous){ 1708 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1709 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1713 if (previous.empty()) 1714 return; 1715 1716 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1717 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1718 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1719 1720 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1721 if (!old->isHidden()) 1722 continue; 1723 1724 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1725 filter.erase(); 1726 } 1727 1728 filter.done(); 1729 } 1730 1731 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1732 /// entity if their types are the same. 1733 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1734 /// isSameEntity. 1735 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1736 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1737 LookupResult &Previous) { 1738 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1739 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1740 return; 1741 1742 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1743 if (Previous.empty()) 1744 return; 1745 1746 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1747 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1748 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1749 1750 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1751 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1752 continue; 1753 1754 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1755 // different linkages. 1756 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1757 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1758 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1759 continue; 1760 1761 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1762 Filter.erase(); 1763 } 1764 1765 Filter.done(); 1766 } 1767 1768 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1769 QualType OldType; 1770 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1771 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1772 else 1773 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1774 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1775 1776 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1777 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1778 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1779 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1780 << Kind << NewType; 1781 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1782 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1783 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1784 return true; 1785 } 1786 1787 if (OldType != NewType && 1788 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1789 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1790 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1791 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1792 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1793 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1794 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1795 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1796 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1797 return true; 1798 } 1799 return false; 1800 } 1801 1802 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1803 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1804 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1805 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1806 /// 1807 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1808 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1809 // merging checks. 1810 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1811 1812 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1813 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1814 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1815 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1816 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1817 default: break; 1818 case 2: 1819 { 1820 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1821 break; 1822 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1823 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1824 break; 1825 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1826 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1827 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1828 break; 1829 } 1830 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1831 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1832 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1833 return; 1834 } 1835 case 5: 1836 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1837 break; 1838 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1839 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1840 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1841 return; 1842 case 3: 1843 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1844 break; 1845 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1846 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1847 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1848 return; 1849 } 1850 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1851 } 1852 1853 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1854 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1855 if (!Old) { 1856 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1857 << New->getDeclName(); 1858 1859 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1860 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1861 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1862 1863 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1864 } 1865 1866 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1867 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1868 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1869 1870 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1871 // with any extensions enabled. 1872 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1873 return; 1874 1875 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1876 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1877 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1878 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1879 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1880 } 1881 1882 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1883 return; 1884 1885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1886 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1887 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1888 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1889 // to the type to which it already refers. 1890 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1891 return; 1892 1893 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1894 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1895 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1896 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1897 // 1898 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1899 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1900 // 1901 // struct S { 1902 // typedef struct A { } A; 1903 // }; 1904 // 1905 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1906 // allow the above but disallow 1907 // 1908 // struct S { 1909 // typedef int I; 1910 // typedef int I; 1911 // }; 1912 // 1913 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1914 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1915 return; 1916 1917 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1918 << New->getDeclName(); 1919 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1920 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1921 } 1922 1923 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1924 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1925 return; 1926 1927 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1928 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1929 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1930 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1931 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1932 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1933 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1934 return; 1935 1936 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1937 << New->getDeclName(); 1938 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1939 return; 1940 } 1941 1942 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1943 /// attribute. 1944 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1945 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1946 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1947 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1948 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1949 if (Ann) { 1950 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1951 return true; 1952 continue; 1953 } 1954 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1955 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1956 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1957 return true; 1958 } 1959 1960 return false; 1961 } 1962 1963 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1964 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1965 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1966 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1967 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1968 return true; 1969 } 1970 1971 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1972 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1973 /// 1974 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1975 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1976 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1977 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1978 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 1979 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 1980 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1981 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1982 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1983 // in a case like: 1984 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1985 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1986 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1987 // definition in such a case. 1988 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1989 return false; 1990 1991 if (I->isAlignas()) 1992 OldAlignasAttr = I; 1993 1994 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1995 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1996 OldAlign = Align; 1997 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 1998 } 1999 } 2000 2001 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2002 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2003 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2004 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2005 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2006 return false; 2007 2008 if (I->isAlignas()) 2009 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2010 2011 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2012 if (Align > NewAlign) 2013 NewAlign = Align; 2014 } 2015 2016 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2017 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2018 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2019 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2020 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2021 2022 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2023 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2024 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2025 QualType Ty; 2026 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2027 Ty = VD->getType(); 2028 else 2029 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2030 2031 if (OldAlign == 0) 2032 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2033 if (NewAlign == 0) 2034 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2035 } 2036 2037 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2038 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2039 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2040 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2041 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2042 } 2043 } 2044 2045 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2046 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2047 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2048 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2049 // equivalent alignment. 2050 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2051 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2052 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2053 // have no alignment specifier. 2054 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2055 << OldAlignasAttr; 2056 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2057 << OldAlignasAttr; 2058 } 2059 2060 bool AnyAdded = false; 2061 2062 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2063 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2064 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2065 Clone->setInherited(true); 2066 New->addAttr(Clone); 2067 AnyAdded = true; 2068 } 2069 2070 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2071 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2072 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2073 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2074 Clone->setInherited(true); 2075 New->addAttr(Clone); 2076 AnyAdded = true; 2077 } 2078 2079 return AnyAdded; 2080 } 2081 2082 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2083 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2084 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2085 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2086 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2087 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2088 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2089 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2090 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2091 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2092 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2093 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2094 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2095 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2096 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2097 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2098 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2099 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2100 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2101 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2102 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2103 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2104 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2105 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2106 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2107 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2108 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2109 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2110 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2111 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2112 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2113 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2114 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2115 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2116 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2117 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2118 NewAttr = nullptr; 2119 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2120 NewAttr = nullptr; 2121 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2122 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2123 2124 if (NewAttr) { 2125 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2126 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2127 return true; 2128 } 2129 2130 return false; 2131 } 2132 2133 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2134 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2135 return TD->getDefinition(); 2136 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2137 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2138 if (Def) 2139 return Def; 2140 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2141 } 2142 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2143 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2144 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2145 return Def; 2146 } 2147 return nullptr; 2148 } 2149 2150 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2151 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2152 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2153 return true; 2154 return false; 2155 } 2156 2157 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2158 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2159 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2160 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2161 return; 2162 2163 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2164 if (!Def || Def == New) 2165 return; 2166 2167 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2168 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2169 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2170 2171 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2172 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2173 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2174 else { 2175 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2176 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2177 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2178 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2179 : diag::err_redefinition; 2180 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2181 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2182 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2183 } 2184 ++I; 2185 continue; 2186 } 2187 2188 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2189 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2190 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2191 ++I; 2192 continue; 2193 } 2194 } 2195 2196 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2197 ++I; 2198 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2199 } 2200 2201 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2202 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2203 ++I; 2204 continue; 2205 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2206 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2207 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2208 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2209 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2210 // equivalent alignment. 2211 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2212 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2213 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2214 // have no alignment specifier. 2215 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2216 << AA; 2217 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2218 << AA; 2219 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2220 --E; 2221 continue; 2222 } 2223 } 2224 2225 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2226 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2227 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2228 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2229 --E; 2230 } 2231 } 2232 2233 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2234 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2235 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2236 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2237 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2238 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2239 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2240 } 2241 2242 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2243 return; 2244 2245 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2246 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2247 2248 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2249 return; 2250 2251 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2252 2253 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2254 // we process them. 2255 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2256 2257 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2258 bool Override = false; 2259 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2260 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2261 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2262 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2263 switch (AMK) { 2264 case AMK_None: 2265 continue; 2266 2267 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2268 break; 2269 2270 case AMK_Override: 2271 Override = true; 2272 break; 2273 } 2274 } 2275 2276 // Already handled. 2277 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2278 continue; 2279 2280 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2281 foundAny = true; 2282 } 2283 2284 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2285 foundAny = true; 2286 2287 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2288 } 2289 2290 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2291 /// to the new one. 2292 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2293 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2294 Sema &S) { 2295 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2296 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2297 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2298 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2299 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2300 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2301 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2302 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2303 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2304 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2305 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2306 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2307 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2308 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2309 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2310 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2311 } 2312 2313 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2314 return; 2315 2316 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2317 2318 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2319 // done before we process them. 2320 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2321 2322 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2323 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2324 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2325 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2326 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2327 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2328 foundAny = true; 2329 } 2330 } 2331 2332 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2333 } 2334 2335 namespace { 2336 2337 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2338 /// C. 2339 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2340 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2341 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2342 QualType PromotedType; 2343 }; 2344 2345 } 2346 2347 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2348 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2349 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2350 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2351 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2352 2353 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2354 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2355 2356 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2357 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2358 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2359 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2360 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2361 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2362 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2363 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2364 } 2365 2366 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2367 } 2368 2369 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2370 // declaration, or a declaration. 2371 template <typename T> 2372 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2373 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2374 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2375 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2376 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2377 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2378 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2379 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2380 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2381 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2382 } else 2383 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2384 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2385 } 2386 2387 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2388 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2389 /// GNU89 mode. 2390 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2391 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2392 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2393 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2394 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2395 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2396 } 2397 2398 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2399 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2400 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2401 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2402 return AT; 2403 } 2404 2405 template <typename T> 2406 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2407 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2408 if (DC->isRecord()) 2409 return false; 2410 2411 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2412 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2413 return true; 2414 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2415 return true; 2416 return false; 2417 } 2418 2419 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2420 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2421 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2422 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2423 /// 2424 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2425 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2426 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2427 /// merged with. 2428 /// 2429 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2430 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2431 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2432 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2433 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2434 if (!Old) { 2435 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2436 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2437 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2438 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2439 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2440 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2441 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2442 return true; 2443 } 2444 2445 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2446 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2447 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2448 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2449 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2450 2451 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2452 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2453 if (Old && 2454 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2455 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2456 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2457 Old = nullptr; 2458 2459 if (!Old) { 2460 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2461 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2462 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2463 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2464 return true; 2465 } 2466 OldD = Old; 2467 } else { 2468 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2469 << New->getDeclName(); 2470 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2471 return true; 2472 } 2473 } 2474 2475 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2476 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2477 return true; 2478 2479 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2480 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2481 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2482 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2483 2484 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2485 // is an extern inline function. 2486 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2487 // storage classes. 2488 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2489 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2490 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2491 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2492 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2493 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2494 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2495 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2496 } else { 2497 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2498 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2499 return true; 2500 } 2501 } 2502 2503 2504 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2505 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2506 // convention of the first. 2507 // 2508 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2509 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2510 // 2511 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2512 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2513 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2514 // 2515 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2516 // other tests to run. 2517 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2518 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2519 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2520 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2521 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2522 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2523 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2524 2525 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2526 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2527 const FunctionType *FT = 2528 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2529 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2530 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2531 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2532 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2533 // there but not here. 2534 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2535 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2536 } else { 2537 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2538 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2540 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2541 << !FirstCCExplicit 2542 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2543 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2544 2545 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2546 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2547 return true; 2548 } 2549 } 2550 2551 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2552 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2553 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2554 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2555 } 2556 2557 // Merge regparm attribute. 2558 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2559 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2560 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2561 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2562 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2563 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2564 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2565 return true; 2566 } 2567 2568 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2569 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2570 } 2571 2572 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2573 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2574 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2575 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2576 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2577 return true; 2578 } 2579 2580 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2581 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2582 } 2583 2584 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2585 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2586 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2587 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2588 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2589 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2590 } 2591 2592 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2593 // UndefinedButUsed. 2594 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2595 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2596 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2597 Old->isUsed(false) && 2598 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2599 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2600 SourceLocation())); 2601 2602 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2603 // about it. 2604 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2605 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2606 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2607 } 2608 2609 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2610 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2611 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2612 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2613 // cannot be overloaded. 2614 2615 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2616 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2617 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2618 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2619 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2620 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2621 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2622 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2623 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2624 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2625 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2626 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2627 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2628 QualType ResQT; 2629 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2630 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2631 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2632 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2633 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2634 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2635 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2636 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2637 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2638 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2639 else 2640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2641 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2642 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2643 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2644 return true; 2645 } 2646 else 2647 NewQType = ResQT; 2648 } 2649 2650 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2651 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2652 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2653 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2654 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2655 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2656 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2657 New->setType( 2658 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2659 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2660 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2661 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2662 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2663 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2664 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2665 } 2666 } 2667 2668 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2669 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2670 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2671 // Preserve triviality. 2672 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2673 2674 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2675 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2676 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2677 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2678 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2679 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2680 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2681 2682 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2683 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2684 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2685 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2686 // is a static member function declaration. 2687 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2688 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2689 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2690 return true; 2691 } 2692 2693 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2694 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2695 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2696 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2697 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2698 unsigned NewDiag; 2699 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2700 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2701 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2702 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2703 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2704 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2705 else 2706 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2707 2708 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2709 } else { 2710 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2711 << New << New->getType(); 2712 } 2713 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2714 2715 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2716 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2717 // 2718 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2719 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2720 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2721 if (isFriend) { 2722 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2723 } else { 2724 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2725 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2726 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2727 return true; 2728 } 2729 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2730 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2731 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2732 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2733 return true; 2734 } 2735 } 2736 2737 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2738 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2739 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2740 // attribute. 2741 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2742 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2743 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2744 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2745 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2746 } 2747 2748 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2749 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2750 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2751 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2752 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2753 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2754 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2755 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2756 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2757 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2758 } 2759 2760 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2761 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2762 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2763 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2764 2765 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2766 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2767 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2768 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2769 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2770 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2771 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2772 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2773 } 2774 2775 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2776 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2777 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2778 // 2779 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2780 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2781 // linkage within class scope. 2782 // 2783 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2784 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2785 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2786 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2787 } else { 2788 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2789 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2790 return true; 2791 } 2792 } 2793 2794 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2795 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2796 2797 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2798 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2799 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2800 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2801 // when we instantiate the function. 2802 return false; 2803 } 2804 2805 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2806 } 2807 2808 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2809 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2810 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2811 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2812 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2813 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2814 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2815 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2816 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2817 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2818 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2819 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2820 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2821 NewQType = 2822 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2823 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2824 New->setType(NewQType); 2825 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2826 2827 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2828 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2829 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2830 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2831 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2832 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2833 SC_None, nullptr); 2834 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2835 Param->setImplicit(); 2836 Params.push_back(Param); 2837 } 2838 2839 New->setParams(Params); 2840 } 2841 2842 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2843 } 2844 2845 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2846 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2847 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2848 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2849 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2850 // the prototype. 2851 // 2852 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2853 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2854 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2855 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2856 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2857 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2858 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2859 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2860 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2861 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2862 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2863 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2864 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2865 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2866 2867 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2868 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2869 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2870 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2871 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2872 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2873 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2874 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2875 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2876 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2877 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2878 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2879 NewParm->getType(), 2880 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2881 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2882 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2883 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2884 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2885 } else 2886 LooseCompatible = false; 2887 } 2888 2889 if (LooseCompatible) { 2890 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2891 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2892 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2893 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2894 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2895 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2896 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2897 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2898 } 2899 2900 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2901 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2902 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2903 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2904 } 2905 2906 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2907 } 2908 2909 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2910 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2911 2912 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2913 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2914 unsigned BuiltinID; 2915 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2916 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2917 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2918 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2919 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2920 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2921 << Old << Old->getType(); 2922 2923 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2924 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2925 // 2926 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2927 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2928 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2929 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2930 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2931 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2932 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2933 2934 return false; 2935 } 2936 2937 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2938 } 2939 2940 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2941 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2942 return true; 2943 } 2944 2945 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2946 /// known to be compatible. 2947 /// 2948 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2949 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2950 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2951 /// redeclaration of Old. 2952 /// 2953 /// \returns false 2954 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2955 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2956 // Merge the attributes 2957 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2958 2959 // Merge "pure" flag. 2960 if (Old->isPure()) 2961 New->setPure(); 2962 2963 // Merge "used" flag. 2964 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2965 New->setIsUsed(); 2966 2967 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2968 // declarations. 2969 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2970 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2971 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2972 *this); 2973 2974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2975 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2976 2977 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2978 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2979 // was visible. 2980 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2981 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2982 New->setType(Merged); 2983 2984 return false; 2985 } 2986 2987 2988 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2989 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2990 2991 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2992 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2993 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2994 : AMK_Override; 2995 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2996 2997 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2998 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2999 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3000 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3001 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3002 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3003 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3004 3005 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3006 } 3007 3008 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3009 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3010 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3011 /// 3012 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3013 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3014 /// is attached. 3015 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3016 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3017 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3018 return; 3019 3020 QualType MergedT; 3021 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3022 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3023 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3024 return; 3025 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3026 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3027 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3028 } 3029 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3030 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3031 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3032 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3033 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3034 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3035 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3036 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3037 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3038 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3039 NewArray->getElementType())) 3040 MergedT = New->getType(); 3041 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3042 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3043 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3044 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3045 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3046 NewArray->getElementType())) 3047 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3048 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3049 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3050 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3051 Old->getType()); 3052 } 3053 } else { 3054 // C 6.2.7p2: 3055 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3056 // compatible type. 3057 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3058 } 3059 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3060 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3061 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3062 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3063 // equivalent. 3064 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3065 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3066 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3067 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3068 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3069 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3070 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3071 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3072 return; 3073 } 3074 3075 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3076 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3077 // 3078 // extern int arr[]; 3079 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3080 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3081 // 3082 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3083 // to diagnose it. 3084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3085 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3086 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3087 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3088 } 3089 3090 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3091 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3092 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3093 New->setType(MergedT); 3094 } 3095 3096 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3097 LookupResult &Previous) { 3098 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3099 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3100 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3101 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3102 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3103 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3104 // 3105 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3106 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3107 return false; 3108 3109 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3110 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3111 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3112 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3113 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3114 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3115 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3116 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3117 } else { 3118 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3119 // type unless we're in the same function. 3120 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3121 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3122 } 3123 } 3124 3125 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3126 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3127 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3128 /// 3129 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3130 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3131 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3132 /// 3133 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3134 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3135 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3136 return; 3137 3138 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3139 3140 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3141 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3142 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3143 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3144 if (NewTemplate) { 3145 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3146 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3147 } else 3148 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3149 } 3150 if (!Old) { 3151 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3152 << New->getDeclName(); 3153 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3154 diag::note_previous_definition); 3155 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3156 } 3157 3158 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3159 return; 3160 3161 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3162 if (NewTemplate && 3163 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3164 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3165 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3166 return; 3167 3168 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3169 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3170 // 3171 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3172 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3173 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3174 << New->getIdentifier(); 3175 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3176 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3177 } 3178 3179 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3180 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3181 // declaration 3182 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3183 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3184 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3185 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3186 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3187 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3188 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3189 } 3190 3191 // Merge the types. 3192 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3193 3194 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3195 return; 3196 3197 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3198 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3199 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3200 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3201 3202 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3203 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3204 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3205 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3206 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3207 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3208 << New->getDeclName(); 3209 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3210 } else { 3211 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3212 << New->getDeclName(); 3213 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3214 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3215 } 3216 } 3217 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3218 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3219 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3220 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3221 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3222 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3223 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3224 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3225 // identifier has external linkage. 3226 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3227 /* Okay */; 3228 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3229 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3230 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3231 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3232 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3233 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3234 } 3235 3236 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3237 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3238 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3239 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3240 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3241 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3242 } 3243 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3244 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3245 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3246 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3247 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3248 } 3249 3250 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3251 3252 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3253 // need to check for mismatches. 3254 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3255 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3256 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3257 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3258 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3259 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3260 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3261 } 3262 3263 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3264 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3265 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3266 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3267 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3268 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3269 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3270 } else { 3271 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3272 // static and dynamic initialization. 3273 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3274 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3275 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3276 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3277 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3278 } 3279 } 3280 3281 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3282 const VarDecl *Def; 3283 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3284 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3285 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3286 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3287 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3288 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3289 return; 3290 } 3291 3292 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3294 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3295 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3296 return; 3297 } 3298 3299 // Merge "used" flag. 3300 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3301 New->setIsUsed(); 3302 3303 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3304 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3305 if (NewTemplate) 3306 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3307 3308 // Inherit access appropriately. 3309 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3310 if (NewTemplate) 3311 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3312 } 3313 3314 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3315 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3316 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3317 DeclSpec &DS) { 3318 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3319 } 3320 3321 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3322 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3323 return; 3324 3325 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3326 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3327 // it is anonymous. 3328 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3329 return; 3330 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3331 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3332 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3333 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3334 return; 3335 } 3336 3337 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3338 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3339 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3340 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3341 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3342 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3343 Tag, 3344 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3345 } 3346 } 3347 3348 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3349 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3350 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3351 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3352 DeclSpec &DS, 3353 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3354 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3355 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3356 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3357 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3358 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3359 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3360 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3361 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3362 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3363 3364 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3365 return nullptr; 3366 3367 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3368 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3369 // it's a Type. 3370 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3371 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3372 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3373 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3374 } 3375 3376 if (Tag) { 3377 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3378 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3379 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3380 return Tag; 3381 } 3382 3383 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3384 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3385 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3386 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3387 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3388 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3389 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3390 } 3391 3392 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3393 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3394 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3395 if (Tag) 3396 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3397 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3398 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3399 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3400 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3401 else 3402 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3403 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3404 return TagD; 3405 } 3406 3407 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3408 3409 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3410 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3411 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3412 if (TagD && !Tag) 3413 return nullptr; 3414 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3415 } 3416 3417 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3418 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3419 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3420 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3421 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3422 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3423 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3424 // or an explicit specialization. 3425 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3426 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3427 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3428 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3429 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3430 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3431 << SS.getRange(); 3432 return nullptr; 3433 } 3434 3435 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3436 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3437 3438 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3439 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3440 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3441 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3442 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3443 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3444 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3445 3446 DeclaresAnything = false; 3447 } 3448 } 3449 3450 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3451 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3452 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3453 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3454 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3455 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3456 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3457 // struct STRUCT; 3458 // union UNION; 3459 // and 3460 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3461 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3462 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3463 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3464 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3465 if (Tag) 3466 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3467 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3468 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3469 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3470 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3471 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3472 3473 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3474 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3475 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3476 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3477 } 3478 3479 DeclaresAnything = false; 3480 } 3481 } 3482 3483 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3484 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3485 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3486 return TagD; 3487 3488 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3489 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3490 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3491 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3492 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3493 DeclaresAnything = false; 3494 3495 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3496 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3497 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3498 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3499 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3500 else 3501 DeclaresAnything = false; 3502 } 3503 3504 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3505 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3506 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3507 << Tag->getTagKind() 3508 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3509 3510 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3511 3512 // C 6.7/2: 3513 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3514 // or the members of an enumeration. 3515 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3516 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3517 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3518 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3519 // previous declaration. 3520 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3521 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3522 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3523 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3524 return TagD; 3525 } 3526 3527 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3528 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3529 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3530 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3531 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3532 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3533 // 3534 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3535 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3536 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3537 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3538 3539 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3540 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3541 // useless. 3542 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3543 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3544 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3545 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3546 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3547 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3548 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3549 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3550 } 3551 3552 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3553 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3554 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3555 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3556 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3557 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3558 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3559 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3560 // Restrict is covered above. 3561 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3562 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3563 } 3564 3565 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3566 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3567 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3568 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3569 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3570 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3571 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3572 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3573 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3574 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3575 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3576 while (attrs) { 3577 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3578 << attrs->getName() 3579 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3580 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3581 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3582 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3583 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3584 } 3585 } 3586 } 3587 3588 return TagD; 3589 } 3590 3591 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3592 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3593 /// 3594 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3595 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3596 Scope *S, 3597 DeclContext *Owner, 3598 DeclarationName Name, 3599 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3600 unsigned diagnostic) { 3601 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3602 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3603 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3604 3605 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3606 return false; 3607 3608 // Pick a representative declaration. 3609 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3610 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3611 3612 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3613 return false; 3614 3615 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3616 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3617 3618 return true; 3619 } 3620 3621 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3622 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3623 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3624 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3625 /// struct, e.g., 3626 /// 3627 /// @code 3628 /// union { 3629 /// int i; 3630 /// float f; 3631 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3632 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3633 /// @endcode 3634 /// 3635 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3636 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3637 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3638 DeclContext *Owner, 3639 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3640 AccessSpecifier AS, 3641 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3642 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3643 unsigned diagKind 3644 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3645 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3646 3647 bool Invalid = false; 3648 3649 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3650 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3651 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3652 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3653 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3654 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3655 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3656 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3657 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3658 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3659 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3660 Invalid = true; 3661 } else { 3662 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3663 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3664 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3665 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3666 // anonymous union is declared. 3667 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3668 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3669 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3670 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3671 else 3672 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3673 3674 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3675 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3676 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3677 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3678 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3679 3680 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3681 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3682 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3683 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3684 3685 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3686 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3687 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3688 3689 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3690 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3691 3692 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3693 } 3694 } 3695 } 3696 3697 return Invalid; 3698 } 3699 3700 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3701 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3702 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3703 static StorageClass 3704 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3705 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3706 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3707 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3708 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3709 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3710 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3711 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3712 return SC_None; 3713 return SC_Extern; 3714 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3715 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3716 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3717 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3718 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3719 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3720 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3721 } 3722 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3723 } 3724 3725 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3726 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3727 3728 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3729 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3730 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3731 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3732 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3733 return FD->getLocation(); 3734 } 3735 3736 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3737 } 3738 3739 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3740 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3741 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3742 return; 3743 3744 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3745 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3746 } 3747 3748 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3749 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3750 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3751 return; 3752 3753 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3754 } 3755 3756 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3757 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3758 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3759 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3760 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3761 AccessSpecifier AS, 3762 RecordDecl *Record, 3763 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3764 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3765 3766 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3767 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3768 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3769 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3770 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3771 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3772 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3773 3774 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3775 // structs/unions. 3776 bool Invalid = false; 3777 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3778 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3779 unsigned DiagID; 3780 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3781 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3782 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3783 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3784 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3785 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3786 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3787 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3788 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3789 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3790 3791 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3792 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3793 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3794 } 3795 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3796 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3797 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3798 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3799 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3800 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3801 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3802 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3803 3804 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3805 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3806 SourceLocation(), 3807 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3808 } 3809 } 3810 3811 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3812 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3813 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3814 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3815 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3816 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3817 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3818 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3819 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3820 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3821 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3822 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3823 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3824 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3825 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3826 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3827 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3828 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3829 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3830 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3831 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3832 3833 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3834 } 3835 3836 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3837 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3838 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3839 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3840 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3841 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3842 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3843 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3844 // members (clause 11). 3845 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3846 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3847 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3848 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3849 Invalid = true; 3850 } 3851 3852 // C++ [class.union]p1 3853 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3854 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3855 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3856 // array of such objects. 3857 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3858 Invalid = true; 3859 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3860 // Any implicit members are fine. 3861 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3862 // This is a type that showed up in an 3863 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3864 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3865 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3866 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3867 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3868 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3869 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3870 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3871 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3872 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3873 else { 3874 // This is a nested type declaration. 3875 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3876 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3877 Invalid = true; 3878 } 3879 } else { 3880 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3881 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3882 // not part of standard C++. 3883 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3884 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3885 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3886 } 3887 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3888 // Any access specifier is fine. 3889 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3890 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3891 } else { 3892 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3893 // member. Complain about it. 3894 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3895 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3896 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3897 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3898 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3899 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3900 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3901 3902 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3903 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3904 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3905 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3906 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3907 else { 3908 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3909 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3910 Invalid = true; 3911 } 3912 } 3913 } 3914 3915 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3916 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3917 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3918 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3919 Owner->isRecord()) 3920 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3921 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3922 } 3923 3924 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3925 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3926 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3927 Invalid = true; 3928 } 3929 3930 // Mock up a declarator. 3931 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3932 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3933 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3934 3935 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3936 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3937 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3938 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3939 DS.getLocStart(), 3940 Record->getLocation(), 3941 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3942 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3943 TInfo, 3944 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3945 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3946 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3947 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3948 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3949 } else { 3950 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3951 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3952 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3953 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3954 // an error here 3955 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3956 Invalid = true; 3957 SC = SC_None; 3958 } 3959 3960 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3961 DS.getLocStart(), 3962 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3963 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3964 TInfo, SC); 3965 3966 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3967 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3968 // initializer: 3969 // union { int n = 0; }; 3970 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3971 } 3972 Anon->setImplicit(); 3973 3974 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 3975 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3976 3977 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3978 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3979 // its members. 3980 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3981 3982 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3983 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3984 // purposes. 3985 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3986 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3987 3988 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3989 Chain, false)) 3990 Invalid = true; 3991 3992 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 3993 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 3994 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3995 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3996 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 3997 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3998 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3999 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4000 } 4001 } 4002 } 4003 4004 if (Invalid) 4005 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4006 4007 return Anon; 4008 } 4009 4010 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4011 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4012 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4013 /// Example: 4014 /// 4015 /// struct A { int a; }; 4016 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4017 /// 4018 /// void foo() { 4019 /// B var; 4020 /// var.a = 3; 4021 /// } 4022 /// 4023 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4024 RecordDecl *Record) { 4025 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4026 4027 // Mock up a declarator. 4028 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4029 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4030 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4031 4032 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4033 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4034 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 4035 DS.getLocStart(), 4036 DS.getLocStart(), 4037 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4038 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4039 TInfo, 4040 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4041 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4042 Anon->setImplicit(); 4043 4044 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4045 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4046 4047 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4048 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4049 // purposes. 4050 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4051 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4052 4053 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4054 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 4055 RecordDef, AS_none, 4056 Chain, true)) 4057 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4058 4059 return Anon; 4060 } 4061 4062 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4063 /// given Declarator. 4064 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4065 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4066 } 4067 4068 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4069 DeclarationNameInfo 4070 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4071 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4072 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4073 4074 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4075 4076 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4077 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4078 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4079 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4080 return NameInfo; 4081 4082 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4083 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4084 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4085 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4086 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4087 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4088 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4089 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4090 return NameInfo; 4091 4092 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4093 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4094 Name.Identifier)); 4095 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4096 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4097 return NameInfo; 4098 4099 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4100 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4101 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4102 if (Ty.isNull()) 4103 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4104 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4105 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4106 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4107 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4108 return NameInfo; 4109 } 4110 4111 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4112 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4113 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4114 if (Ty.isNull()) 4115 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4116 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4117 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4118 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4119 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4120 return NameInfo; 4121 } 4122 4123 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4124 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4125 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4126 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4127 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4128 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4129 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4130 4131 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4132 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4133 4134 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4135 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4136 // was qualified. 4137 4138 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4139 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4140 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4141 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4142 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4143 return NameInfo; 4144 } 4145 4146 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4147 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4148 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4149 if (Ty.isNull()) 4150 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4151 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4152 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4153 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4154 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4155 return NameInfo; 4156 } 4157 4158 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4159 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4160 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4161 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4162 } 4163 4164 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4165 4166 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4167 } 4168 4169 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4170 do { 4171 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4172 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4173 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4174 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4175 else 4176 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4177 } while (true); 4178 } 4179 4180 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4181 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4182 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4183 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4184 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4185 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4186 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4187 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4188 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4189 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4190 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4191 Params.clear(); 4192 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4193 return false; 4194 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4195 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4196 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4197 4198 // The parameter types are identical 4199 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4200 continue; 4201 4202 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4203 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4204 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4205 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4206 4207 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4208 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4209 Params.push_back(Idx); 4210 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4211 return false; 4212 } 4213 4214 return true; 4215 } 4216 4217 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4218 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4219 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4220 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4221 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4222 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4223 DeclarationName Name) { 4224 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4225 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4226 // - types which will become injected class names 4227 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4228 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4229 // few cases here. 4230 4231 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4232 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4233 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4234 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4235 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4236 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4237 // Grab the type from the parser. 4238 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4239 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4240 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4241 4242 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4243 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4244 // attached already. 4245 if (!TSI) 4246 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4247 4248 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4249 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4250 if (!TSI) return true; 4251 4252 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4253 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4254 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4255 break; 4256 } 4257 4258 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4259 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4260 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4261 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4262 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4263 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4264 break; 4265 } 4266 4267 default: 4268 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4269 break; 4270 } 4271 4272 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4273 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4274 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4275 4276 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4277 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4278 // pointer. 4279 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4280 continue; 4281 4282 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4283 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4284 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4285 return true; 4286 } 4287 4288 return false; 4289 } 4290 4291 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4292 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4293 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4294 4295 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4296 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4297 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4298 4299 return Dcl; 4300 } 4301 4302 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4303 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4304 /// name different from T: 4305 /// - every static data member of class T; 4306 /// - every member function of class T 4307 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4308 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4309 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4310 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4311 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4312 4313 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4314 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4315 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4316 return true; 4317 } 4318 4319 return false; 4320 } 4321 4322 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4323 /// nested-name-specifier. 4324 /// 4325 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4326 /// 4327 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4328 /// resolves. 4329 /// 4330 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4331 /// 4332 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4333 /// 4334 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4335 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4336 DeclarationName Name, 4337 SourceLocation Loc) { 4338 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4339 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4340 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4341 4342 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4343 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4344 // 4345 // class X { 4346 // void X::f(); 4347 // }; 4348 // 4349 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4350 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4351 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4352 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4353 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4354 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4355 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4356 SS.clear(); 4357 } else { 4358 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4359 } 4360 return false; 4361 } 4362 4363 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4364 // declaration. 4365 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4366 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4367 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4368 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4369 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4371 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4372 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4373 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4374 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4375 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4377 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4378 else 4379 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4380 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4381 4382 return true; 4383 } 4384 4385 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4386 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4387 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4388 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4389 SS.clear(); 4390 4391 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4392 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4393 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4394 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4395 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4396 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4397 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4398 return true; 4399 4400 return false; 4401 } 4402 4403 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4404 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4405 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4406 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4407 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4408 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4409 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4410 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4411 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4412 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4413 4414 return false; 4415 } 4416 4417 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4418 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4419 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4420 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4421 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4422 4423 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4424 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4425 if (!Name) { 4426 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4427 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4428 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4429 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4430 return nullptr; 4431 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4432 return nullptr; 4433 4434 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4435 // we find one that is. 4436 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4437 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4438 S = S->getParent(); 4439 4440 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4441 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4442 D.setInvalidType(); 4443 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4444 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4445 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4446 return nullptr; 4447 4448 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4449 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4450 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4451 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4452 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4453 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4454 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4455 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4456 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4457 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4458 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4459 return nullptr; 4460 } 4461 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4462 4463 if (!IsDependentContext && 4464 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4465 return nullptr; 4466 4467 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4468 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4469 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4470 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4471 D.setInvalidType(); 4472 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4473 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4474 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4475 if (DC->isRecord()) 4476 return nullptr; 4477 4478 D.setInvalidType(); 4479 } 4480 } 4481 4482 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4483 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4484 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4485 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4486 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4487 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4488 D.setInvalidType(); 4489 } 4490 } 4491 4492 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4493 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4494 // Just return early; it's safer. 4495 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4496 return nullptr; 4497 4498 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4499 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4500 4501 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4502 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4503 D.setInvalidType(); 4504 4505 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4506 ForRedeclaration); 4507 4508 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4509 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4510 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4511 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4512 4513 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4514 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4515 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4516 // 4517 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4518 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4519 // the same name. 4520 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4521 /* Do nothing*/; 4522 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4523 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4524 R->isFunctionType())) { 4525 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4526 CreateBuiltins = 4527 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4528 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4529 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4530 CreateBuiltins = true; 4531 4532 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4533 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4534 4535 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4536 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4537 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4538 4539 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4540 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4541 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4542 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4543 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4544 // thereof; [...] 4545 // 4546 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4547 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4548 // we want to match. For example, given: 4549 // 4550 // class X { 4551 // void f(); 4552 // void f(float); 4553 // }; 4554 // 4555 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4556 // 4557 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4558 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4559 // matches. 4560 4561 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4562 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4563 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4564 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4565 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4566 } 4567 4568 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4569 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4570 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4571 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4572 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4573 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4574 4575 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4576 Previous.clear(); 4577 } 4578 4579 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4580 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4581 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4582 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4583 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4584 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4585 Previous.clear(); 4586 4587 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4588 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4589 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4590 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4591 4592 NamedDecl *New; 4593 4594 bool AddToScope = true; 4595 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4596 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4597 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4598 return nullptr; 4599 } 4600 4601 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4602 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4603 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4604 TemplateParamLists, 4605 AddToScope); 4606 } else { 4607 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4608 AddToScope); 4609 } 4610 4611 if (!New) 4612 return nullptr; 4613 4614 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4615 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4616 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4617 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4618 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4619 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4620 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4621 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4622 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4623 if (!AddToContext) 4624 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4625 } 4626 4627 return New; 4628 } 4629 4630 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4631 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4632 /// GCC compatibility). 4633 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4634 ASTContext &Context, 4635 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4636 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4637 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4638 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4639 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4640 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4641 SizeIsNegative = false; 4642 Oversized = 0; 4643 4644 if (T->isDependentType()) 4645 return QualType(); 4646 4647 QualifierCollector Qs; 4648 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4649 4650 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4651 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4652 QualType FixedType = 4653 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4654 Oversized); 4655 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4656 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4657 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4658 } 4659 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4660 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4661 QualType FixedType = 4662 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4663 Oversized); 4664 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4665 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4666 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4667 } 4668 4669 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4670 if (!VLATy) 4671 return QualType(); 4672 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4673 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4674 return QualType(); 4675 4676 llvm::APSInt Res; 4677 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4678 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4679 return QualType(); 4680 4681 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4682 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4683 SizeIsNegative = true; 4684 return QualType(); 4685 } 4686 4687 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4688 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4689 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4690 Res); 4691 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4692 Oversized = Res; 4693 return QualType(); 4694 } 4695 4696 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4697 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4698 } 4699 4700 static void 4701 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4702 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4703 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4704 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4705 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4706 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4707 return; 4708 } 4709 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4710 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4711 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4712 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4713 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4714 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4715 return; 4716 } 4717 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4718 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4719 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4720 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4721 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4722 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4723 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4724 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4725 } 4726 4727 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4728 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4729 /// GCC compatibility). 4730 static TypeSourceInfo* 4731 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4732 ASTContext &Context, 4733 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4734 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4735 QualType FixedTy 4736 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4737 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4738 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4739 return nullptr; 4740 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4741 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4742 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4743 return FixedTInfo; 4744 } 4745 4746 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4747 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4748 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4749 /// function-scope declarations. 4750 void 4751 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4752 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4753 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4754 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4755 return; 4756 4757 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4758 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4759 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4760 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4761 } 4762 4763 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4764 if (ExternalSource) { 4765 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4766 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4767 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4768 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4769 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4770 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4771 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4772 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4773 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4774 } 4775 } 4776 4777 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4778 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4779 } 4780 4781 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4782 /// does not identify a function. 4783 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4784 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4785 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4786 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4787 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4788 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4789 4790 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4791 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4792 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4793 4794 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4795 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4796 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4797 4798 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4799 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4800 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4801 } 4802 4803 NamedDecl* 4804 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4805 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4806 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4807 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4808 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4809 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4810 D.setInvalidType(); 4811 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4812 DC = CurContext; 4813 Previous.clear(); 4814 } 4815 4816 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4817 4818 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4819 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4820 << 1; 4821 4822 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4823 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4824 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4825 return nullptr; 4826 } 4827 4828 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4829 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4830 4831 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4832 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4833 4834 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4835 4836 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4837 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4838 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4839 return ND; 4840 } 4841 4842 void 4843 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4844 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4845 // then it shall have block scope. 4846 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4847 // that redeclarations will match. 4848 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4849 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4850 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4851 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4852 4853 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4854 bool SizeIsNegative; 4855 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4856 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4857 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4858 SizeIsNegative, 4859 Oversized); 4860 if (FixedTInfo) { 4861 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4862 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4863 } else { 4864 if (SizeIsNegative) 4865 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4866 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4867 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4868 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4869 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4870 << Oversized.toString(10); 4871 else 4872 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4873 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4874 } 4875 } 4876 } 4877 } 4878 4879 4880 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4881 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4882 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4883 NamedDecl* 4884 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4885 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4886 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4887 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4888 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4889 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4890 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4891 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4892 Redeclaration = true; 4893 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4894 } 4895 4896 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4897 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4898 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4899 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4900 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4901 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4902 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4903 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4904 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4905 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4906 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4907 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4908 } 4909 4910 return NewTD; 4911 } 4912 4913 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4914 /// previous declaration. 4915 /// 4916 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4917 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4918 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4919 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4920 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4921 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4922 /// 4923 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4924 /// lookup 4925 /// 4926 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4927 /// declared. 4928 /// 4929 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4930 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4931 static bool 4932 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4933 ASTContext &Context) { 4934 if (!PrevDecl) 4935 return false; 4936 4937 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4938 return false; 4939 4940 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4941 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4942 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4943 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4944 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4945 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4946 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4947 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4948 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4949 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4950 return false; 4951 4952 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4953 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4954 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4955 return false; 4956 4957 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4958 // previous declarations. 4959 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4960 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4961 4962 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4963 // isn't the same function. 4964 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4965 return false; 4966 } 4967 4968 return true; 4969 } 4970 4971 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4972 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4973 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4974 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4975 } 4976 4977 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4978 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4979 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4980 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4981 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4982 unsigned kind = -1U; 4983 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4984 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4985 kind = 0; // __block 4986 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4987 kind = 1; // global 4988 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4989 kind = 3; // ivar 4990 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4991 kind = 2; // field 4992 } 4993 4994 if (kind != -1U) { 4995 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4996 << kind; 4997 } 4998 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4999 // Try to infer lifetime. 5000 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5001 return false; 5002 5003 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5004 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5005 decl->setType(type); 5006 } 5007 5008 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5009 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5010 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5011 var->getTLSKind()) { 5012 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5013 << var->getType(); 5014 return true; 5015 } 5016 } 5017 5018 return false; 5019 } 5020 5021 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5022 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5023 // the wrong linkage. 5024 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5025 5026 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5027 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5028 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5029 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5030 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5031 } 5032 } 5033 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5034 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5035 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5036 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5037 } 5038 } 5039 5040 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5041 // It does not apply to functions. 5042 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5043 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5044 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5045 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5046 } 5047 } 5048 5049 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5050 if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 5051 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5052 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5053 << &ND << Attr; 5054 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5055 } 5056 } 5057 if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 5058 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5059 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5060 << &ND << Attr; 5061 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5062 } 5063 } 5064 } 5065 5066 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5067 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5068 bool IsSpecialization) { 5069 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5070 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5071 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5072 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5073 5074 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5075 return; 5076 5077 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5078 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5079 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5080 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5081 5082 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5083 // inherited attribute instances. 5084 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5085 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5086 5087 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5088 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5089 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5090 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5091 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5092 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5093 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration) 5094 << NewDecl 5095 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5096 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5097 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5098 return; 5099 } 5100 5101 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5102 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5103 // and qualified friend declarations. 5104 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5105 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5106 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5107 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5108 // separately. 5109 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5110 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5111 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5112 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5113 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5114 } 5115 5116 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5117 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5118 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5119 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5120 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5121 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5122 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5123 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5124 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5125 } 5126 } 5127 5128 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5129 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5130 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5131 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5132 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5133 5134 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5135 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5136 5137 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5138 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5139 return false; 5140 5141 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5142 5143 #ifndef NDEBUG 5144 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5145 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5146 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5147 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5148 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5149 #endif 5150 5151 bool isC99Inline = 5152 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5153 5154 #ifndef NDEBUG 5155 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5156 #endif 5157 5158 return isC99Inline; 5159 } 5160 5161 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5162 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5163 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5164 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5165 /// 5166 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5167 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5168 /// 5169 /// For instance: 5170 /// 5171 /// auto x = []{}; 5172 /// 5173 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5174 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5175 /// 5176 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5177 template<typename T> 5178 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5179 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5180 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5181 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5182 return false; 5183 } 5184 return D->isExternC(); 5185 } 5186 5187 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5188 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5189 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5190 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5191 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5192 return true; 5193 if (DC->isRecord()) 5194 return false; 5195 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5196 } 5197 5198 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5199 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5200 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5201 return true; 5202 if (DC->isRecord()) 5203 return false; 5204 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5205 } 5206 5207 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5208 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5209 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5210 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5211 return true; 5212 return false; 5213 } 5214 5215 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5216 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5217 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5218 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5219 return true; 5220 5221 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5222 // position to the decl itself. 5223 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5224 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5225 return true; 5226 } 5227 5228 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5229 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5230 } 5231 5232 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5233 /// function-local external declaration. 5234 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5235 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5236 return false; 5237 5238 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5239 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5240 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5241 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5242 return true; 5243 5244 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5245 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5246 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5247 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5248 // 5249 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5250 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5251 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5252 DC = DC->getParent(); 5253 return true; 5254 } 5255 5256 NamedDecl * 5257 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5258 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5259 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5260 bool &AddToScope) { 5261 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5262 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5263 5264 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5265 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 5266 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5267 5268 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5269 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5270 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5271 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5272 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5273 SC = SC_Extern; 5274 5275 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5276 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5277 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5278 5279 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5280 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5281 QualType NR = R; 5282 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5283 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5284 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5285 D.setInvalidType(); 5286 break; 5287 } 5288 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5289 } 5290 5291 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5292 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5293 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5294 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5295 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5296 D.setInvalidType(); 5297 } 5298 } 5299 } 5300 5301 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5302 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5303 // an error here 5304 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5305 D.setInvalidType(); 5306 SC = SC_None; 5307 } 5308 5309 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5310 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5311 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5312 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5313 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5314 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5315 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5316 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5317 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5318 } 5319 5320 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5321 if (!II) { 5322 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5323 << Name; 5324 return nullptr; 5325 } 5326 5327 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5328 5329 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5330 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5331 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5332 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5333 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5334 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5335 D.setInvalidType(); 5336 } 5337 } 5338 5339 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5340 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5341 // OpenCL __local address space. 5342 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5343 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5344 } 5345 5346 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5347 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5348 // space qualifiers. 5349 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5350 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5351 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5352 } 5353 5354 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5355 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5356 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5357 // address space qualifiers. 5358 if (R->isEventT()) { 5359 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5360 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5361 D.setInvalidType(); 5362 } 5363 5364 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5365 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5366 D.setInvalidType(); 5367 } 5368 } 5369 } 5370 5371 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5372 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5373 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5374 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5375 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5376 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5377 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5378 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5379 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5380 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5381 R, TInfo, SC); 5382 5383 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5384 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5385 } else { 5386 bool Invalid = false; 5387 5388 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5389 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5390 switch (SC) { 5391 case SC_None: 5392 break; 5393 case SC_Static: 5394 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5395 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5396 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5397 break; 5398 case SC_Auto: 5399 case SC_Register: 5400 case SC_Extern: 5401 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5402 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5403 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5404 // of class members 5405 5406 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5407 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5408 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5409 break; 5410 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5411 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5412 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5413 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5414 } 5415 } 5416 5417 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5418 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5419 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5420 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5421 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5422 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5423 5424 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5425 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5426 if (RD->isUnion()) 5427 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5428 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5429 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5430 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5431 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5432 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5433 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5434 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5435 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5436 } 5437 } 5438 5439 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5440 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5441 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5442 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5443 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5444 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5445 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5446 : nullptr, 5447 TemplateParamLists, 5448 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5449 5450 if (TemplateParams) { 5451 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5452 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5453 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5454 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5455 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5456 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5457 << II 5458 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5459 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5460 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5461 } else { 5462 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5463 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5464 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5465 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5466 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5467 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5468 // This is a template declaration. 5469 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5470 5471 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5472 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5473 return nullptr; 5474 5475 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5476 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5477 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5478 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5479 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5480 } 5481 } 5482 } else { 5483 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5484 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5485 } 5486 5487 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5488 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5489 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5490 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5491 : SourceLocation(); 5492 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5493 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5494 IsPartialSpecialization); 5495 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5496 return nullptr; 5497 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5498 AddToScope = false; 5499 } else 5500 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5501 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5502 5503 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5504 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5505 NewTemplate = 5506 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5507 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5508 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5509 } 5510 5511 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5512 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5513 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5514 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5515 5516 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5517 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5518 if (NewTemplate) 5519 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5520 } 5521 5522 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5523 5524 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5525 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5526 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5527 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5528 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5529 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5530 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5531 5532 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5533 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5534 } 5535 5536 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5537 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5538 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5539 if (NewTemplate) 5540 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5541 5542 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5543 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5544 5545 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5546 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5547 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5548 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5549 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5550 // explicitly. 5551 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5552 // 'extern'. 5553 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5554 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5555 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5556 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5557 else 5558 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5559 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5560 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5561 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5562 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5563 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5564 else 5565 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5566 } 5567 5568 // C99 6.7.4p3 5569 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5570 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5571 // thread storage duration... 5572 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5573 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5574 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5575 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5576 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5577 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5578 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5579 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5580 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5581 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5582 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5583 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5584 } 5585 } 5586 5587 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5588 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5589 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5590 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5591 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5592 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5593 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5594 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5595 << 2 5596 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5597 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5598 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5599 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5600 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5601 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5602 else { 5603 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5604 if (NewTemplate) 5605 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5606 } 5607 } 5608 5609 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5610 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5611 5612 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5613 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5614 // storage [duration]." 5615 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5616 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5617 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5618 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5619 } 5620 } 5621 5622 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5623 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5624 // check the VarDecl itself. 5625 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5626 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5627 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5628 5629 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5630 // retainable type. 5631 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5632 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5633 5634 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5635 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5636 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5637 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5638 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5639 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5640 switch (SC) { 5641 case SC_None: 5642 case SC_Auto: 5643 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5644 break; 5645 case SC_Register: 5646 // Local Named register 5647 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5648 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5649 break; 5650 case SC_Static: 5651 case SC_Extern: 5652 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5653 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5654 break; 5655 } 5656 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5657 // Global Named register 5658 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5659 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5660 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5661 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5662 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5663 } 5664 } 5665 5666 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5667 Context, Label, 0)); 5668 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5669 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5670 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5671 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5672 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5673 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5674 } 5675 } 5676 5677 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5678 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5679 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5680 5681 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5682 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5683 // declaration has linkage). 5684 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5685 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5686 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5687 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5688 5689 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5690 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5691 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5692 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5693 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5694 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5695 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5696 5697 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5698 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5699 } else { 5700 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5701 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5702 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5703 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5704 5705 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5706 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5707 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5708 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5709 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5710 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5711 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5712 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5713 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5714 Previous.clear(); 5715 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5716 } 5717 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5718 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5719 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5720 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5721 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5722 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5723 } 5724 5725 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5726 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5727 5728 if (NewTemplate) { 5729 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5730 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5731 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5732 : nullptr; 5733 5734 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5735 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5736 // template declaration. 5737 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5738 TemplateParams, 5739 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5740 : nullptr, 5741 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5742 DC->isDependentContext()) 5743 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5744 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5745 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5746 5747 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5748 // template, make a note of that. 5749 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5750 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5751 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5752 } 5753 } 5754 5755 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5756 5757 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5758 // the map of such variables. 5759 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5760 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5761 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5762 5763 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5764 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5765 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5766 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5767 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5768 Context.setManglingNumber( 5769 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5770 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5771 } 5772 } 5773 5774 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5775 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5776 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5777 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5778 } 5779 5780 if (NewTemplate) { 5781 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5782 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5783 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5784 return NewTemplate; 5785 } 5786 5787 return NewVD; 5788 } 5789 5790 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5791 /// -Wshadow. 5792 /// 5793 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5794 /// scope. 5795 /// 5796 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5797 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5798 /// 5799 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5800 // Return if warning is ignored. 5801 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5802 return; 5803 5804 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5805 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5806 return; 5807 5808 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5809 5810 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5811 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5812 return; 5813 5814 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5815 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5816 return; 5817 5818 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5819 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5820 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5821 if (MD->isStatic()) 5822 return; 5823 5824 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5825 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5826 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5827 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5828 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5829 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5830 ShadowedDecl = I; 5831 break; 5832 } 5833 } 5834 5835 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5836 5837 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5838 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5839 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5840 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5841 return; 5842 5843 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5844 // static data members from base classes? 5845 5846 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5847 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5848 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5849 } 5850 5851 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5852 unsigned Kind; 5853 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5854 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5855 Kind = 3; // field 5856 else 5857 Kind = 2; // static data member 5858 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5859 Kind = 1; // global 5860 else 5861 Kind = 0; // local 5862 5863 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5864 5865 // Emit warning and note. 5866 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5867 return; 5868 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5869 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5870 } 5871 5872 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5873 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5874 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5875 return; 5876 5877 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5878 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5879 LookupName(R, S); 5880 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5881 } 5882 5883 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5884 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5885 template<typename T> 5886 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5887 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5888 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5889 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5890 5891 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5892 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5893 // declaration. 5894 return false; 5895 } 5896 5897 if (Prev) { 5898 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5899 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5900 // redeclaration. 5901 Previous.clear(); 5902 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5903 return true; 5904 } 5905 5906 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5907 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5908 // declaration. 5909 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5910 return false; 5911 } else { 5912 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5913 // translation unit which might conflict. 5914 if (IsGlobal) { 5915 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5916 IsGlobal = false; 5917 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5918 I != E; ++I) { 5919 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5920 Prev = *I; 5921 break; 5922 } 5923 } 5924 } else { 5925 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5926 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5927 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5928 I != E; ++I) { 5929 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5930 Prev = *I; 5931 break; 5932 } 5933 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5934 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5935 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5936 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5937 // diagnostic. 5938 } 5939 } 5940 5941 if (!Prev) 5942 return false; 5943 } 5944 5945 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5946 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5947 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5948 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5949 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5950 else 5951 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5952 5953 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5954 << IsGlobal << ND; 5955 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5956 << IsGlobal; 5957 return false; 5958 } 5959 5960 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5961 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5962 /// 5963 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5964 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5965 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5966 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5967 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5968 template<typename T> 5969 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5970 LookupResult &Previous) { 5971 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5972 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5973 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5974 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5975 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5976 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5977 Previous.clear(); 5978 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5979 return true; 5980 } 5981 } 5982 return false; 5983 } 5984 5985 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5986 // declaration. 5987 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5988 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5989 5990 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5991 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5992 // in another scope. 5993 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5994 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5995 5996 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5997 return false; 5998 } 5999 6000 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6001 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6002 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6003 return; 6004 6005 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6006 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6007 6008 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6009 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6010 return; 6011 6012 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6013 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6014 6015 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6016 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6017 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6018 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6019 NewVD->setType(T); 6020 } 6021 6022 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6023 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6024 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6025 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6026 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6027 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6028 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6029 return; 6030 } 6031 6032 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6033 // __constant address space. 6034 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6035 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6036 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6037 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6038 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6039 return; 6040 } 6041 6042 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6043 // scope. 6044 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6045 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6046 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6047 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6048 return; 6049 } 6050 6051 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6052 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6053 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6054 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6055 else { 6056 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6057 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6058 } 6059 } 6060 6061 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6062 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6063 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6064 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6065 6066 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6067 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6068 bool SizeIsNegative; 6069 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6070 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6071 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6072 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6073 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6074 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6075 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6076 // int a[10][n]; 6077 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6078 6079 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6080 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6081 << SizeRange; 6082 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6083 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6084 << SizeRange; 6085 else 6086 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6087 << SizeRange; 6088 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6089 return; 6090 } 6091 6092 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6093 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6094 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6095 else 6096 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6097 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6098 return; 6099 } 6100 6101 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6102 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6103 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6104 } 6105 6106 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6107 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6108 // of objects and functions. 6109 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6110 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6111 << T; 6112 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6113 return; 6114 } 6115 } 6116 6117 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6118 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6119 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6120 return; 6121 } 6122 6123 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6124 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6125 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6126 return; 6127 } 6128 6129 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6130 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6131 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6132 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6133 return; 6134 } 6135 } 6136 6137 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6138 /// declaration. 6139 /// 6140 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6141 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6142 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6143 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6144 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6145 /// 6146 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6147 /// 6148 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6149 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6150 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6151 6152 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6153 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6154 return false; 6155 6156 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6157 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6158 if (Previous.empty() && 6159 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6160 Previous.setShadowed(); 6161 6162 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6163 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6164 6165 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6166 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6167 return true; 6168 } 6169 return false; 6170 } 6171 6172 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6173 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6174 Sema *S; 6175 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6176 }; 6177 6178 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6179 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6180 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6181 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6182 CXXBasePath &Path, 6183 void *UserData) { 6184 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6185 6186 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6187 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6188 6189 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6190 6191 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6192 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6193 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6194 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6195 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6196 6197 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6198 } 6199 6200 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6201 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6202 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6203 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6204 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6205 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6206 return true; 6207 } 6208 } 6209 6210 return false; 6211 } 6212 6213 namespace { 6214 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6215 } 6216 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6217 /// overriden methods. 6218 /// 6219 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6220 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6221 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6222 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6223 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6224 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6225 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6226 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6227 I != E; ++I) { 6228 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6229 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6230 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6231 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6232 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6233 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6234 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6235 } 6236 } 6237 6238 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6239 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6240 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6241 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 6242 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6243 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6244 Data.Method = MD; 6245 Data.S = this; 6246 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6247 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6248 bool AddedAny = false; 6249 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6250 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6251 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6252 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6253 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6254 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6255 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6256 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6257 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6258 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6259 AddedAny = true; 6260 } 6261 } 6262 } 6263 } 6264 6265 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6266 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6267 } 6268 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6269 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6270 } 6271 6272 return AddedAny; 6273 } 6274 6275 namespace { 6276 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6277 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6278 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6279 Scope *S; 6280 Declarator &D; 6281 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6282 bool AddToScope; 6283 }; 6284 } 6285 6286 namespace { 6287 6288 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6289 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6290 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6291 public: 6292 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6293 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6294 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6295 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6296 6297 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6298 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6299 return false; 6300 6301 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6302 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6303 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6304 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6305 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6306 6307 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6308 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6309 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6310 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6311 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6312 return true; 6313 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6314 return true; 6315 } 6316 } 6317 } 6318 6319 return false; 6320 } 6321 6322 private: 6323 ASTContext &Context; 6324 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6325 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6326 }; 6327 6328 } 6329 6330 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6331 /// 6332 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6333 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6334 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6335 /// the same name. 6336 /// 6337 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6338 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6339 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6340 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6341 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6342 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6343 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6344 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6345 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6346 TypoCorrection Correction; 6347 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6348 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6349 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6350 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6351 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6352 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6353 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6354 6355 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6356 if (IsLocalFriend) 6357 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6358 else 6359 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6360 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6361 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6362 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6363 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6364 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 6365 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6366 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6367 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6368 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6369 if (FD && 6370 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6371 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6372 // involve a parameter 6373 unsigned ParamNum = 6374 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6375 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6376 } 6377 } 6378 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6379 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6380 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6381 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6382 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6383 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6384 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6385 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6386 Previous.clear(); 6387 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6388 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6389 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6390 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6391 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6392 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6393 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6394 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6395 } 6396 } 6397 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6398 6399 NamedDecl *Result; 6400 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6401 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6402 { 6403 // Trap errors. 6404 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6405 6406 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6407 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6408 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6409 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6410 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6411 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6412 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6413 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6414 6415 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6416 Result = nullptr; 6417 } 6418 6419 if (Result) { 6420 // Determine which correction we picked. 6421 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6422 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6423 I != E; ++I) 6424 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6425 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6426 6427 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6428 Correction, 6429 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6430 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6431 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6432 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6433 return Result; 6434 } 6435 6436 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6437 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6438 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6439 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6440 Previous.clear(); 6441 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6442 } 6443 6444 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6445 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6446 6447 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6448 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6449 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6450 6451 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6452 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6453 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6454 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6455 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6456 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6457 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6458 6459 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6460 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6461 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6462 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6463 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6464 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6465 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6466 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6467 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6468 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6469 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6470 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6471 } else 6472 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6473 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6474 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6475 } 6476 return nullptr; 6477 } 6478 6479 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6480 Declarator &D) { 6481 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6482 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6483 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6484 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6485 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6486 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6487 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6488 D.setInvalidType(); 6489 break; 6490 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6491 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6492 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6493 return SC_None; 6494 return SC_Extern; 6495 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6496 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6497 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6498 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6499 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6500 // other than extern 6501 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6502 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6503 diag::err_static_block_func); 6504 break; 6505 } else 6506 return SC_Static; 6507 } 6508 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6509 } 6510 6511 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6512 return SC_None; 6513 } 6514 6515 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6516 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6517 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6518 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6519 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6520 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6521 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6522 6523 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6524 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6525 6526 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6527 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6528 // prototype. This true when: 6529 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6530 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6531 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6532 bool HasPrototype = 6533 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6534 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6535 6536 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6537 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6538 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6539 HasPrototype, false); 6540 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6541 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6542 6543 // Set the lexical context. 6544 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6545 6546 return NewFD; 6547 } 6548 6549 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6550 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6551 6552 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6553 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6554 // the class has been completely parsed. 6555 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6556 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6557 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6558 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6559 D.setInvalidType(); 6560 6561 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6562 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6563 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6564 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6565 6566 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6567 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6568 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6569 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6570 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6571 isConstexpr); 6572 6573 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6574 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6575 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6576 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6577 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6578 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6579 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6580 D.getLocStart(), 6581 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6582 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6583 6584 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6585 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6586 // it yet. 6587 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6588 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6589 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6590 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6591 } 6592 6593 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6594 return NewDD; 6595 6596 } else { 6597 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6598 D.setInvalidType(); 6599 6600 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6601 // code path. 6602 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6603 D.getLocStart(), 6604 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6605 SC, isInline, 6606 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6607 } 6608 6609 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6610 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6611 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6612 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6613 return nullptr; 6614 } 6615 6616 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6617 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6618 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6619 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6620 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6621 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6622 6623 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6624 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6625 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6626 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6627 // constructor if it has no return type). 6628 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6629 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6630 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6631 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6632 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6633 return nullptr; 6634 } 6635 6636 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6637 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6638 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6639 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6640 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6641 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6642 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6643 return Ret; 6644 } else { 6645 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6646 // prototype. This true when: 6647 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6648 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6649 D.getLocStart(), 6650 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6651 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6652 } 6653 } 6654 6655 enum OpenCLParamType { 6656 ValidKernelParam, 6657 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6658 PtrKernelParam, 6659 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6660 InvalidKernelParam, 6661 RecordKernelParam 6662 }; 6663 6664 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6665 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6666 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6667 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6668 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6669 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6670 : PtrKernelParam; 6671 } 6672 6673 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6674 // be used as builtin types. 6675 6676 if (PT->isImageType()) 6677 return PtrKernelParam; 6678 6679 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6680 return InvalidKernelParam; 6681 6682 if (PT->isEventT()) 6683 return InvalidKernelParam; 6684 6685 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6686 return InvalidKernelParam; 6687 6688 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6689 return RecordKernelParam; 6690 6691 return ValidKernelParam; 6692 } 6693 6694 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6695 Sema &S, 6696 Declarator &D, 6697 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6698 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6699 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6700 6701 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6702 // used again 6703 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6704 return; 6705 6706 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6707 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6708 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6709 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6710 // pointer to a pointer type. 6711 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6712 D.setInvalidType(); 6713 return; 6714 6715 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6716 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6717 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6718 // pointer to the private address space. 6719 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6720 D.setInvalidType(); 6721 return; 6722 6723 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6724 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6725 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6726 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6727 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6728 6729 case InvalidKernelParam: 6730 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6731 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6732 // of event_t type. 6733 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6734 D.setInvalidType(); 6735 return; 6736 6737 case PtrKernelParam: 6738 case ValidKernelParam: 6739 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6740 return; 6741 6742 case RecordKernelParam: 6743 break; 6744 } 6745 6746 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6747 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6748 6749 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6750 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6751 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6752 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6753 6754 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6755 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6756 6757 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6758 6759 do { 6760 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6761 if (!Next) { 6762 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6763 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6764 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6765 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6766 6767 continue; 6768 } 6769 6770 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6771 // field itself) to the history stack. 6772 const RecordDecl *RD; 6773 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6774 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6775 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6776 } else { 6777 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6778 } 6779 6780 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6781 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6782 6783 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6784 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6785 6786 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6787 continue; 6788 6789 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6790 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6791 continue; 6792 6793 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6794 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6795 continue; 6796 } 6797 6798 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6799 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6800 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6801 // union. 6802 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6803 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6804 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6805 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6806 << PT->isUnionType() 6807 << PT; 6808 } else { 6809 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6810 } 6811 6812 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6813 << PD->getDeclName(); 6814 6815 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6816 // the offending field came from 6817 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6818 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6819 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6820 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6821 << OuterField->getType(); 6822 } 6823 6824 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6825 << QT->isPointerType() 6826 << QT; 6827 D.setInvalidType(); 6828 return; 6829 } 6830 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6831 } 6832 6833 NamedDecl* 6834 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6835 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6836 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6837 bool &AddToScope) { 6838 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6839 6840 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6841 6842 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6843 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6844 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6845 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6846 6847 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6848 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6849 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6850 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6851 6852 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6853 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6854 6855 bool isFriend = false; 6856 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6857 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6858 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6859 6860 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6861 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6862 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6863 6864 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6865 6866 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6867 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6868 6869 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6870 isVirtualOkay); 6871 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6872 6873 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6874 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6875 6876 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6877 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6878 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6879 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6880 6881 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6882 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6883 6884 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6885 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6886 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6887 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6888 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6889 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6890 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6891 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6892 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6893 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6894 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6895 } 6896 6897 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6898 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6899 // return true). 6900 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6901 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6902 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6903 NewFD->setPure(true); 6904 } 6905 6906 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6907 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6908 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6909 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6910 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6911 6912 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6913 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6914 bool Invalid = false; 6915 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6916 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6917 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6918 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6919 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6920 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6921 : nullptr, 6922 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6923 Invalid)) { 6924 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6925 // This is a function template 6926 6927 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6928 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6929 return nullptr; 6930 6931 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6932 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6933 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6934 return nullptr; 6935 } 6936 6937 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6938 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6939 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6940 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6941 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6942 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6943 Invalid = true; 6944 } 6945 6946 6947 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6948 NewFD->getLocation(), 6949 Name, TemplateParams, 6950 NewFD); 6951 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6952 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6953 6954 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6955 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6956 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6957 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6958 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6959 } 6960 } else { 6961 // This is a function template specialization. 6962 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6963 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6964 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6965 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6966 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6967 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6968 6969 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6970 if (isFriend) { 6971 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6972 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6973 6974 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6975 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6976 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6977 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6978 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6979 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6980 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6981 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6982 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6983 } 6984 6985 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6986 << Name << RemoveRange 6987 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6988 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6989 } 6990 } 6991 } 6992 else { 6993 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6994 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6995 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6996 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6997 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6998 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6999 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7000 } 7001 7002 if (Invalid) { 7003 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7004 if (FunctionTemplate) 7005 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7006 } 7007 7008 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7009 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7010 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7011 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7012 // 7013 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7014 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7015 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7016 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7017 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7018 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7019 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7020 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7021 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7022 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7023 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7024 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7025 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7026 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7027 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7028 } else { 7029 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7030 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7031 } 7032 7033 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7034 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7035 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7036 } 7037 7038 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7039 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7040 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7041 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7042 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7043 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7044 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7045 // thing to do. 7046 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7047 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7048 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7049 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7050 QualType Result = 7051 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7052 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7053 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7054 } 7055 7056 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7057 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7058 // declaration. 7059 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7060 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7061 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7062 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7063 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7064 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7065 } 7066 } 7067 7068 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7069 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7070 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7071 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7072 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7073 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7074 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7075 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7076 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7077 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7078 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7079 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7080 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7081 // or conversion function. 7082 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7083 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7084 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7085 } 7086 } 7087 7088 if (isConstexpr) { 7089 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7090 // are implicitly inline. 7091 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7092 7093 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7094 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7095 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7096 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7097 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7098 } 7099 7100 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7101 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7102 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7103 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7104 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7105 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7106 << 0 7107 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7108 } else { 7109 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7110 if (FunctionTemplate) 7111 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7112 } 7113 } 7114 7115 if (isFriend) { 7116 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7117 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7118 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7119 } 7120 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7121 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7122 } 7123 7124 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7125 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7126 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7127 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7128 case FDK_Declaration: 7129 case FDK_Definition: 7130 break; 7131 7132 case FDK_Defaulted: 7133 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7134 break; 7135 7136 case FDK_Deleted: 7137 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7138 break; 7139 } 7140 7141 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7142 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7143 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7144 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7145 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7146 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7147 } 7148 7149 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7150 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7151 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7152 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7153 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7154 // the class. 7155 7156 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7157 // member function definition. 7158 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7159 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7160 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7161 } 7162 7163 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7164 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7165 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7166 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7167 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7168 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7169 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7170 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7171 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7172 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7173 } 7174 7175 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7176 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7177 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7178 isExplicitSpecialization || 7179 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7180 7181 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7182 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7183 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7184 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7185 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7186 SE->getString(), 0)); 7187 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7188 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7189 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7190 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7191 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7192 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7193 } 7194 } 7195 7196 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7197 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7198 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7199 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7200 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7201 7202 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7203 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7204 // single void argument. 7205 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7206 // already checks for that case. 7207 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7208 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7209 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7210 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7211 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7212 Params.push_back(Param); 7213 7214 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7215 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7216 } 7217 } 7218 7219 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7220 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7221 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7222 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7223 // 7224 // @code 7225 // typedef void fn(int); 7226 // fn f; 7227 // @endcode 7228 7229 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7230 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7231 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7232 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7233 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7234 Params.push_back(Param); 7235 } 7236 } else { 7237 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7238 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7239 } 7240 7241 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7242 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7243 7244 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7245 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7246 // 7247 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7248 // 7249 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7250 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7251 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7252 7253 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7254 NewFD->addAttr( 7255 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7256 Context, 0)); 7257 7258 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7259 // because all functions have linkage. 7260 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7261 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7262 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7263 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7264 } 7265 7266 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7267 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7268 NewFD->addAttr( 7269 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7270 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7271 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7272 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7273 PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD)) 7274 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7275 } 7276 7277 // Handle attributes. 7278 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7279 7280 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7281 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7282 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7283 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7284 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7285 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7286 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7287 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7288 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7289 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7290 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7291 } 7292 7293 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7294 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7295 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7296 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7297 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7298 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7299 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7300 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7301 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7302 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7303 } 7304 } 7305 7306 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7307 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7308 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7309 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7310 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7311 7312 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7313 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7314 7315 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7316 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7317 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7318 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7319 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7320 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7321 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7322 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7323 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7324 } else { 7325 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7326 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7327 // 7328 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7329 // 7330 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7331 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7332 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7333 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7334 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7335 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7336 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7337 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7338 7339 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7340 // argument list into our AST format. 7341 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7342 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7343 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7344 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7345 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7346 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7347 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7348 TemplateArgs); 7349 7350 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7351 7352 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7353 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7354 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7355 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7356 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7357 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7358 7359 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7360 } else { 7361 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7362 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7363 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7364 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7365 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7366 } 7367 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7368 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7369 // wrote something like: 7370 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7371 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7372 // friend void foo<>(int); 7373 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7374 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7375 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7376 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7377 } 7378 7379 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7380 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7381 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7382 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7383 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7384 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7385 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7386 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7387 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7388 InstantiationDependent))) { 7389 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7390 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7391 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7392 Previous)) 7393 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7394 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7395 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7396 && !isFriend) { 7397 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7398 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7399 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7400 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7401 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7402 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7403 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7404 : nullptr), 7405 Previous)) 7406 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7407 7408 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7409 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7410 // specialization (14.7.3) 7411 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7412 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7413 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7414 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7415 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7416 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7417 << SC 7418 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7419 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7420 7421 else 7422 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7423 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7424 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7425 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7426 } 7427 7428 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7429 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7430 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7431 } 7432 7433 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7434 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7435 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7436 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7437 7438 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7439 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7440 7441 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7442 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7443 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7444 } 7445 7446 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7447 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7448 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7449 7450 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7451 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7452 : NewFD); 7453 7454 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7455 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7456 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7457 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7458 7459 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7460 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7461 } 7462 7463 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7464 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7465 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7466 7467 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7468 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7469 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7470 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7471 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7472 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7473 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7474 : nullptr, 7475 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7476 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7477 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7478 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7479 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7480 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7481 DC->isDependentContext()) 7482 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7483 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7484 } 7485 7486 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7487 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7488 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7489 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7490 AddToScope }; 7491 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7492 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7493 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7494 7495 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7496 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7497 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7498 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7499 7500 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7501 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7502 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7503 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7504 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7505 // can actually do this check immediately. 7506 if (isFriend && 7507 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7508 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7509 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7510 // ignore these 7511 } else { 7512 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7513 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7514 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7515 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7516 // 7517 // class X { 7518 // void f() const; 7519 // }; 7520 // 7521 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7522 // 7523 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7524 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7525 // whether the parameter types are references). 7526 7527 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7528 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7529 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7530 return Result; 7531 } 7532 } 7533 7534 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7535 // to something. 7536 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7537 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7538 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7539 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7540 return Result; 7541 } 7542 } 7543 7544 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7545 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7546 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7547 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7548 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7549 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7550 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7551 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7552 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7553 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7554 // generate them. 7555 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7556 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7557 } 7558 } 7559 7560 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7561 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7562 7563 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7564 7565 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7566 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7567 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7568 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7569 << NewFD; 7570 7571 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7572 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7573 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7574 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7575 EPI.Variadic = true; 7576 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7577 7578 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7579 NewFD->setType(R); 7580 } 7581 7582 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7583 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7584 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7585 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7586 7587 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7588 // marking the function. 7589 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7590 7591 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7592 // a pragma. 7593 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7594 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7595 7596 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7597 // the map of such variables. 7598 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7599 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7600 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7601 7602 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7603 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7604 7605 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7606 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7607 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7608 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7609 } 7610 7611 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7612 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7613 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7614 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7615 return FunctionTemplate; 7616 } 7617 } 7618 7619 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7620 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7621 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7622 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7623 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7624 D.setInvalidType(); 7625 } 7626 7627 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7628 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7629 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7630 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7631 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7632 : FixItHint()); 7633 D.setInvalidType(); 7634 } 7635 7636 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7637 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7638 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7639 } 7640 7641 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7642 7643 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7644 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7645 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7646 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7647 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7648 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7649 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7650 7651 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7652 } 7653 } 7654 7655 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7656 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7657 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7658 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7659 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7660 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7661 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7662 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7663 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7664 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7665 AddToScope = false; 7666 } 7667 7668 return NewFD; 7669 } 7670 7671 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7672 /// 7673 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7674 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7675 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7676 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7677 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7678 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7679 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7680 /// 7681 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7682 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7683 /// 7684 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7685 /// 7686 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7687 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7688 LookupResult &Previous, 7689 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7690 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7691 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7692 7693 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7694 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7695 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7696 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7697 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7698 7699 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7700 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7701 7702 bool Redeclaration = false; 7703 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7704 7705 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7706 // the same name, if appropriate. 7707 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7708 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7709 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7710 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7711 // function to the scope. 7712 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7713 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7714 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7715 Redeclaration = true; 7716 OldDecl = Candidate; 7717 } 7718 } else { 7719 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7720 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7721 case Ovl_Match: 7722 Redeclaration = true; 7723 break; 7724 7725 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7726 Redeclaration = true; 7727 break; 7728 7729 case Ovl_Overload: 7730 Redeclaration = false; 7731 break; 7732 } 7733 7734 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7735 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7736 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7737 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7738 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7739 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7740 if (Redeclaration) 7741 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7742 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7743 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7744 if (OverloadedDecl) 7745 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7746 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7747 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7748 } 7749 } 7750 } 7751 7752 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7753 if (!Redeclaration && 7754 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7755 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7756 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7757 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7758 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7759 Redeclaration = true; 7760 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7761 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7762 7763 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7764 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7765 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7766 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7767 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7768 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7769 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7770 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7771 } 7772 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7773 Redeclaration = false; 7774 OldDecl = nullptr; 7775 } 7776 } 7777 } 7778 } 7779 7780 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7781 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7782 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7783 // 7784 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7785 // definition of a static member function. 7786 // 7787 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7788 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7789 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7790 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7791 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7792 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7793 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7794 if (OldDecl) 7795 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7796 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7797 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7798 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7799 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7800 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7801 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7802 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7803 7804 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7805 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7806 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7807 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7808 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7809 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7810 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7811 7812 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7813 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7814 } 7815 } 7816 } 7817 7818 if (Redeclaration) { 7819 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7820 // merged. 7821 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7822 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7823 return Redeclaration; 7824 } 7825 7826 Previous.clear(); 7827 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7828 7829 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7830 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7831 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7832 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7833 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7834 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7835 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7836 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7837 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7838 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7839 } 7840 7841 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7842 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7843 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7844 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7845 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7846 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7847 } 7848 7849 } else { 7850 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7851 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7852 7853 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7854 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7855 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7856 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7857 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7858 7859 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7860 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7861 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7862 7863 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7864 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7865 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7866 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7867 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7868 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7869 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7870 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7871 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7872 } 7873 } 7874 } 7875 } 7876 } 7877 7878 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7879 7880 // Diagnose the use of X86 fastcall on unprototyped functions. 7881 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 7882 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 7883 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) { 7884 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 7885 if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86FastCall) 7886 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_knr) 7887 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall); 7888 // TODO: Also diagnose unprototyped stdcall functions? 7889 } 7890 7891 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7892 // C++-specific checks. 7893 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7894 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7895 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7896 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7897 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7898 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7899 7900 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7901 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7902 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7903 DeclarationName Name 7904 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7905 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7906 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7907 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7908 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7909 return Redeclaration; 7910 } 7911 } 7912 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7913 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7914 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7915 } 7916 7917 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7918 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7919 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7920 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7921 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7922 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7923 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7924 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7925 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7926 } 7927 } 7928 } 7929 7930 if (Method->isStatic()) 7931 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7932 } 7933 7934 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7935 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7936 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7937 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7938 return Redeclaration; 7939 } 7940 7941 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7942 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7943 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7944 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7945 return Redeclaration; 7946 } 7947 7948 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7949 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7950 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7951 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7952 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7953 7954 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7955 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7956 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7957 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7958 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7959 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7960 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7961 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7962 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7963 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7964 } 7965 } 7966 7967 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7968 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7969 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7970 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7971 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7972 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7973 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7974 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7975 << NewFD << R; 7976 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7977 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7978 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7979 } 7980 } 7981 return Redeclaration; 7982 } 7983 7984 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7985 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 7986 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 7987 // constexpr is ill-formed. 7988 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7989 // appear in a declaration of main. 7990 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7991 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7992 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7993 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7994 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7995 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7996 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7997 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7998 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7999 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8000 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8001 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8002 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8003 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8004 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8005 } 8006 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8007 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8008 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8009 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8010 } 8011 8012 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8013 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8014 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8015 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8016 return; 8017 } 8018 8019 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8020 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8021 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8022 8023 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8024 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8025 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8026 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8027 8028 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8029 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8030 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8031 else { 8032 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8033 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8034 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8035 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8036 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8037 } 8038 } else { 8039 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8040 // set the flag which tells us that. 8041 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8042 8043 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8044 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8045 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8046 else { 8047 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8048 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8049 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8050 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8051 : FixItHint()); 8052 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8053 } 8054 } 8055 8056 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8057 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8058 8059 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8060 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8061 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8062 8063 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8064 8065 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8066 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8067 // getting shifty. 8068 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8069 HasExtraParameters = false; 8070 8071 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8072 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8073 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8074 nparams = 3; 8075 } 8076 8077 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8078 // if we had some location information about types. 8079 8080 QualType CharPP = 8081 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8082 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8083 8084 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8085 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8086 8087 bool mismatch = true; 8088 8089 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8090 mismatch = false; 8091 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8092 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8093 // char const ** 8094 // char const * const * 8095 // char * const * 8096 8097 QualifierCollector qs; 8098 const PointerType* PT; 8099 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8100 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8101 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8102 Context.CharTy)) { 8103 qs.removeConst(); 8104 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8105 } 8106 } 8107 8108 if (mismatch) { 8109 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8110 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8111 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8112 } 8113 } 8114 8115 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8116 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8117 } 8118 8119 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8120 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8121 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8122 } 8123 } 8124 8125 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8126 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8127 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8128 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8129 8130 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8131 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8132 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8133 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8134 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8135 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8136 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8137 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8138 8139 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8140 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8141 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8142 } 8143 } 8144 8145 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8146 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8147 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8148 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8149 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8150 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8151 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8152 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8153 // rules there don't matter.) 8154 const Expr *Culprit; 8155 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8156 return false; 8157 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8158 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8159 return true; 8160 } 8161 8162 namespace { 8163 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8164 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8165 class SelfReferenceChecker 8166 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8167 Sema &S; 8168 Decl *OrigDecl; 8169 bool isRecordType; 8170 bool isPODType; 8171 bool isReferenceType; 8172 8173 public: 8174 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8175 8176 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8177 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8178 isPODType = false; 8179 isRecordType = false; 8180 isReferenceType = false; 8181 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8182 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8183 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8184 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8185 } 8186 } 8187 8188 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8189 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8190 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8191 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8192 if (isReferenceType) 8193 return; 8194 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8195 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8196 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8197 return; 8198 } 8199 8200 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8201 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8202 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8203 return; 8204 } 8205 8206 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8207 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8208 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8209 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8210 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8211 return; 8212 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8213 } 8214 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8215 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8216 return; 8217 } 8218 } 8219 8220 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 8221 // bad, not just r-value uses. 8222 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8223 if (isReferenceType) 8224 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8225 } 8226 8227 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8228 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 8229 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 8230 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8231 8232 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8233 } 8234 8235 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8236 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8237 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8238 8239 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8240 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8241 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8242 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8243 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8244 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8245 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8246 Warn = false; 8247 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8248 } 8249 8250 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8251 if (Warn) 8252 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8253 return; 8254 } 8255 8256 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8257 // Visit that expression. 8258 Visit(Base); 8259 } 8260 8261 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8262 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 8263 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 8264 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8265 8266 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8267 } 8268 8269 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8270 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8271 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8272 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8273 if (!isPODType) 8274 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8275 return; 8276 } 8277 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8278 } 8279 8280 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8281 8282 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8283 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8284 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) { 8285 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8286 } 8287 } 8288 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8289 } 8290 8291 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8292 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8293 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8294 unsigned diag; 8295 if (isReferenceType) { 8296 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8297 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8298 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8299 } else { 8300 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8301 } 8302 8303 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8304 S.PDiag(diag) 8305 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8306 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8307 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8308 } 8309 }; 8310 8311 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8312 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8313 bool DirectInit) { 8314 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8315 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8316 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8317 return; 8318 8319 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8320 8321 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8322 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8323 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8324 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8325 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8326 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8327 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8328 return; 8329 8330 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 8331 } 8332 } 8333 8334 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8335 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8336 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8337 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8338 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8339 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8340 // the initializer. 8341 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8342 return; 8343 8344 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8345 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8346 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8347 // Thus this grotesque test. 8348 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8349 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8350 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8351 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8352 else { 8353 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8354 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8355 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8356 } 8357 return; 8358 } 8359 8360 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8361 if (!VDecl) { 8362 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8363 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8364 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8365 return; 8366 } 8367 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8368 8369 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8370 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8371 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8372 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8373 // contains exactly one expression. 8374 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8375 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8376 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8377 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8378 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8379 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8380 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8381 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8382 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8383 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8384 return; 8385 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8386 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8387 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8388 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8389 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8390 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8391 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8392 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8393 return; 8394 } else { 8395 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8396 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8397 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8398 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8399 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8400 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8401 } 8402 } 8403 8404 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8405 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8406 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8407 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8408 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8409 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8410 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8411 return; 8412 } 8413 Init = Result.get(); 8414 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8415 } 8416 8417 QualType DeducedType; 8418 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8419 DAR_Failed) 8420 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8421 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8422 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8423 return; 8424 } 8425 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8426 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8427 8428 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8429 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8430 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8431 8432 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8433 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8434 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8435 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8436 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8437 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8438 SourceLocation Loc = 8439 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8440 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8441 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8442 } 8443 8444 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8445 // the previously declared type. 8446 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8447 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8448 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8449 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8450 } 8451 8452 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8453 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8454 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8455 return; 8456 } 8457 8458 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8459 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8460 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8461 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8462 return; 8463 } 8464 8465 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8466 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8467 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8468 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8469 return; 8470 } 8471 8472 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8473 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8474 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8475 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8476 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8477 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8478 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8479 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8480 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8481 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8482 return; 8483 } 8484 8485 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8486 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8487 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8488 AbstractVariableType)) 8489 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8490 } 8491 8492 const VarDecl *Def; 8493 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8494 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8495 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8496 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8497 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8498 return; 8499 } 8500 8501 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8502 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8503 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8504 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8505 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8506 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8507 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8508 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8509 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8510 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8511 // 8512 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8513 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8514 // declaration with an initializer. 8515 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8516 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8517 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8518 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8519 return; 8520 } 8521 8522 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8523 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8524 8525 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8526 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8527 return; 8528 } 8529 } 8530 8531 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8532 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8533 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8534 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8535 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8536 return; 8537 } 8538 8539 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8540 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8541 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8542 8543 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8544 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8545 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8546 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8547 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8548 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8549 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8550 return; 8551 } 8552 Init = Result.get(); 8553 } 8554 8555 // Perform the initialization. 8556 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8557 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8558 InitializationKind Kind 8559 = DirectInit ? 8560 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8561 Init->getLocStart(), 8562 Init->getLocEnd()) 8563 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8564 VDecl->getLocation()) 8565 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8566 Init->getLocStart()); 8567 8568 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8569 if (CXXDirectInit) 8570 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8571 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8572 8573 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8574 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8575 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8576 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8577 return; 8578 } 8579 8580 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8581 } 8582 8583 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8584 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8585 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8586 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8587 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8588 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8589 } 8590 8591 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8592 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8593 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8594 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8595 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8596 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8597 8598 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8599 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8600 8601 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8602 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8603 8604 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8605 // Although this code can still have problems: 8606 // id x = self.weakProp; 8607 // id y = self.weakProp; 8608 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8609 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8610 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8611 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8612 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8613 Init->getLocStart())) 8614 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8615 } 8616 8617 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8618 // 8619 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8620 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8621 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8622 // 8623 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8624 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8625 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8626 // 8627 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8628 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8629 false, 8630 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8631 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8632 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8633 return; 8634 } 8635 Init = Result.get(); 8636 8637 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8638 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8639 8640 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8641 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8642 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8643 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8644 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8645 const Expr *Culprit; 8646 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8647 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8648 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8649 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8650 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8651 // constant expressions. 8652 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8653 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8654 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8655 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8656 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8657 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8658 } 8659 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8660 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8661 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8662 // 8663 // struct S { 8664 // static const int value = 17; 8665 // }; 8666 8667 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8668 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8669 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8670 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8671 // 8672 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8673 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8674 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8675 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8676 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8677 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8678 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8679 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8680 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8681 8682 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8683 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8684 8685 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8686 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8687 // type. 8688 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8689 8690 // Require constness. 8691 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8692 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8693 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8694 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8695 8696 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8697 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8698 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8699 SourceLocation Loc; 8700 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8701 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8702 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8703 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8704 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8705 ; // Nothing to check. 8706 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8707 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8708 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8709 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8710 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8711 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8712 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8713 } else { 8714 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8715 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8716 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8717 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8718 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8719 } 8720 8721 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8722 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8723 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8724 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8725 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8726 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8727 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8728 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8729 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8730 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8731 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8732 } else { 8733 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8734 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8735 8736 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8737 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8738 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8739 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8740 } 8741 } 8742 8743 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8744 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8745 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8746 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8747 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8748 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8749 8750 } else { 8751 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8752 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8753 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8754 } 8755 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8756 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8757 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8758 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8759 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8760 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8761 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8762 8763 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8764 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8765 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8766 } 8767 8768 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8769 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8770 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8771 // 8772 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8773 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8774 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8775 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8776 // special case code. 8777 8778 // C++ 8.5p11: 8779 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8780 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8781 // class type. 8782 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8783 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8784 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8785 } else if (DirectInit) { 8786 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8787 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8788 } 8789 8790 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8791 } 8792 8793 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8794 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8795 /// of sanity. 8796 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8797 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8798 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8799 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8800 8801 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8802 if (!VD) return; 8803 8804 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8805 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8806 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8807 return; 8808 } 8809 8810 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8811 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8812 8813 // Require a complete type. 8814 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8815 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8816 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8817 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8818 return; 8819 } 8820 8821 // Require a non-abstract type. 8822 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8823 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8824 AbstractVariableType)) { 8825 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8826 return; 8827 } 8828 8829 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8830 // though. 8831 } 8832 8833 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8834 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8835 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8836 if (!RealDecl) 8837 return; 8838 8839 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8840 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8841 8842 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8843 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8844 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8845 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8846 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8847 return; 8848 } 8849 8850 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8851 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8852 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8853 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8854 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8855 // member. 8856 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8857 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8858 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8859 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8860 << Var->getDeclName(); 8861 else 8862 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8863 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8864 return; 8865 } 8866 8867 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 8868 // be initialized. 8869 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8870 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 8871 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 8872 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 8873 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8874 return; 8875 } 8876 8877 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8878 case VarDecl::Definition: 8879 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8880 break; 8881 8882 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8883 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8884 // a declaration. 8885 // 8886 // Fall through 8887 8888 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8889 // It's only a declaration. 8890 8891 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8892 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8893 // object shall be complete. 8894 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8895 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8896 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8897 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8898 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8899 8900 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8901 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8902 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8903 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8904 AbstractVariableType)) 8905 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8906 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8907 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8908 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8909 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8910 } 8911 8912 return; 8913 8914 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8915 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8916 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8917 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8918 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8919 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8920 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8921 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8922 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8923 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8924 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8925 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8926 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8927 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8928 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8929 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8930 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8931 // NOTE: code such as the following 8932 // static struct s; 8933 // struct s { int a; }; 8934 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8935 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8936 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8937 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8938 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8939 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8940 } 8941 } 8942 8943 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8944 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8945 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8946 return; 8947 } 8948 8949 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8950 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8951 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8952 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8953 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8954 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8955 return; 8956 } 8957 8958 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8959 // definitions with reference type. 8960 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8961 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8962 << Var->getDeclName() 8963 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8964 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8965 return; 8966 } 8967 8968 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8969 // variable with dependent type. 8970 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8971 return; 8972 8973 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8974 return; 8975 8976 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8977 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8978 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8979 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8980 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8981 return; 8982 } 8983 } 8984 8985 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8986 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8987 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8988 AbstractVariableType)) { 8989 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8990 return; 8991 } 8992 8993 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8994 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8995 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8996 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8997 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8998 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8999 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9000 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9001 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9002 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9003 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9004 if (const RecordType *Record 9005 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9006 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9007 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9008 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9009 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9010 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9011 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9012 } 9013 } 9014 9015 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9016 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9017 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9018 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9019 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9020 // type shall have a user-declared default 9021 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9022 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9023 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9024 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9025 // program is ill-formed. 9026 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9027 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9028 // default-initialized; [...]. 9029 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9030 InitializationKind Kind 9031 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9032 9033 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9034 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9035 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9036 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9037 else if (Init.get()) { 9038 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9039 // This is important for template substitution. 9040 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9041 } 9042 9043 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9044 } 9045 } 9046 9047 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9048 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9049 if (!VD) { 9050 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9051 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9052 return; 9053 } 9054 9055 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9056 9057 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9058 int Error = -1; 9059 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9060 case SC_None: 9061 break; 9062 case SC_Extern: 9063 Error = 0; 9064 break; 9065 case SC_Static: 9066 Error = 1; 9067 break; 9068 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9069 Error = 2; 9070 break; 9071 case SC_Auto: 9072 Error = 3; 9073 break; 9074 case SC_Register: 9075 Error = 4; 9076 break; 9077 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9078 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9079 } 9080 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9081 Error = 5; 9082 if (Error != -1) { 9083 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9084 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9085 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9086 } 9087 } 9088 9089 StmtResult 9090 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9091 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9092 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9093 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9094 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9095 // A range-based for statement of the form 9096 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9097 // is equivalent to 9098 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9099 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9100 9101 const char *PrevSpec; 9102 unsigned DiagID; 9103 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9104 getPrintingPolicy()); 9105 9106 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9107 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9108 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9109 9110 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9111 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9112 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9113 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9114 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9115 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9116 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9117 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9118 } 9119 9120 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9121 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9122 9123 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9124 // local retaining variable. 9125 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9126 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9127 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9128 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9129 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9130 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9131 break; 9132 9133 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9134 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9135 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9136 break; 9137 } 9138 } 9139 9140 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9141 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9142 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9143 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9144 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9145 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9146 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9147 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9148 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9149 var->getLocation())) { 9150 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9151 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9152 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9153 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9154 9155 if (!prev) 9156 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9157 } 9158 9159 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9160 const Expr *Culprit; 9161 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9162 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9163 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9164 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9165 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9166 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9167 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9168 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9169 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9170 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9171 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9172 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9173 // initialization. 9174 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9175 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9176 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9177 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9178 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9179 } 9180 9181 } 9182 9183 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9184 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9185 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9186 int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read; 9187 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9188 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9189 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9190 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9191 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9192 } else { 9193 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9194 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9195 } 9196 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9197 var->addAttr( 9198 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9199 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9200 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9201 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9202 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9203 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9204 9205 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9206 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9207 // attribute. 9208 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9209 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9210 CurInitSegLoc)); 9211 } 9212 9213 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9214 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9215 9216 QualType type = var->getType(); 9217 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9218 9219 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9220 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9221 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9222 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9223 9224 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9225 // constructing this copy. 9226 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9227 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9228 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9229 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9230 ExprResult result 9231 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9232 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9233 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9234 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9235 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9236 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9237 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9238 } 9239 } 9240 } 9241 9242 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9243 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9244 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9245 9246 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9247 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9248 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9249 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9250 var->getLocation())) { 9251 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9252 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9253 // warned about them. 9254 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9255 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9256 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9257 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9258 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9259 } 9260 9261 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9262 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9263 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9264 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9265 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9266 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9267 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9268 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9269 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9270 Notes.clear(); 9271 } 9272 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9273 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9274 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9275 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9276 } 9277 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9278 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9279 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9280 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9281 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9282 } 9283 } 9284 9285 // Require the destructor. 9286 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9287 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9288 } 9289 9290 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9291 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9292 void 9293 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9294 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9295 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9296 9297 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9298 if (!VD) 9299 return; 9300 9301 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9302 9303 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9304 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9305 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9306 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9307 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9308 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9309 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9310 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9311 } 9312 } 9313 } 9314 9315 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9316 if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 9317 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9318 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9319 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9320 // with a warning. 9321 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9322 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9323 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9324 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9325 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9326 9327 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9328 IsClassTemplateMember 9329 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9330 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9331 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9332 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9333 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9334 } 9335 } 9336 9337 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9338 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9339 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9340 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9341 } 9342 } 9343 9344 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9345 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9346 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9347 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9348 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9349 << VD->getDeclName(); 9350 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9351 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9352 } 9353 } 9354 } 9355 9356 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9357 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9358 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9359 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9360 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9361 9362 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9363 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9364 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9365 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9366 9367 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9368 // tag values. 9369 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9370 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9371 return; 9372 9373 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9374 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9375 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9376 continue; 9377 } 9378 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9379 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9380 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9381 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9382 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9383 continue; 9384 } 9385 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9386 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9387 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9388 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9389 continue; 9390 } 9391 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9392 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9393 MagicValue, 9394 I->getMatchingCType(), 9395 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9396 I->getMustBeNull()); 9397 } 9398 } 9399 9400 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9401 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9402 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9403 9404 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9405 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9406 9407 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9408 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9409 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9410 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9411 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9412 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9413 Decls.push_back(D); 9414 } 9415 9416 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9417 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9418 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9419 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9420 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9421 } 9422 } 9423 9424 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9425 } 9426 9427 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9428 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9429 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9430 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9431 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9432 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9433 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9434 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9435 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9436 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9437 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9438 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9439 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9440 QualType Deduced; 9441 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9442 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9443 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9444 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9445 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9446 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9447 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9448 break; 9449 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9450 if (!U.isNull()) { 9451 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9452 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9453 Deduced = U; 9454 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9455 DeducedDecl = D; 9456 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9457 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9458 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9459 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9460 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9461 << U << D->getDeclName() 9462 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9463 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9464 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9465 break; 9466 } 9467 } 9468 } 9469 } 9470 } 9471 9472 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9473 9474 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9475 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9476 } 9477 9478 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9479 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9480 } 9481 9482 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9483 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9484 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9485 return; 9486 9487 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9488 return; 9489 9490 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9491 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9492 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9493 // additional declaration references: 9494 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9495 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9496 // 'struct S *pS;' 9497 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9498 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9499 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9500 Group = Group.slice(1); 9501 } 9502 } 9503 9504 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9505 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9506 if (!Comments.empty() && 9507 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9508 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9509 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9510 // 9511 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9512 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9513 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9514 // ahead through comments. 9515 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9516 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9517 } 9518 } 9519 9520 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9521 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9522 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9523 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9524 9525 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9526 9527 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9528 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9529 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9530 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9531 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9532 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9533 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9534 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9535 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9536 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9537 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9538 } 9539 9540 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9541 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9542 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9543 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9544 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9545 << 0; 9546 9547 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9548 9549 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9550 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9551 9552 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9553 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9554 // parameter. 9555 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9556 9557 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9558 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9559 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9560 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9561 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9562 } 9563 } 9564 9565 // Ensure we have a valid name 9566 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9567 if (D.hasName()) { 9568 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9569 if (!II) { 9570 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9571 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9572 D.setInvalidType(true); 9573 } 9574 } 9575 9576 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9577 if (II) { 9578 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9579 ForRedeclaration); 9580 LookupName(R, S); 9581 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9582 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9583 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9584 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9585 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9586 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9587 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9588 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9589 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9590 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9591 9592 // Recover by removing the name 9593 II = nullptr; 9594 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9595 D.setInvalidType(true); 9596 } 9597 } 9598 } 9599 9600 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9601 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9602 // looking like class members in C++. 9603 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9604 D.getLocStart(), 9605 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9606 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9607 StorageClass); 9608 9609 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9610 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9611 9612 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9613 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9614 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9615 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9616 9617 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9618 S->AddDecl(New); 9619 if (II) 9620 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9621 9622 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9623 9624 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9625 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9626 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9627 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9628 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9629 9630 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9631 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9632 } 9633 return New; 9634 } 9635 9636 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9637 /// typedef. 9638 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9639 SourceLocation Loc, 9640 QualType T) { 9641 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9642 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9643 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9644 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9645 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9646 SC_None, nullptr); 9647 Param->setImplicit(); 9648 return Param; 9649 } 9650 9651 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9652 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9653 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9654 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9655 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9656 return; 9657 9658 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9659 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9660 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9661 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9662 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9663 } 9664 } 9665 } 9666 9667 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9668 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9669 QualType ReturnTy, 9670 NamedDecl *D) { 9671 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9672 return; 9673 9674 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9675 // threshold. 9676 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9677 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9678 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9679 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9680 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9681 } 9682 9683 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9684 // threshold. 9685 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9686 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9687 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9688 continue; 9689 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9690 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9691 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9692 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9693 } 9694 } 9695 9696 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9697 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9698 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9699 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9700 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9701 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9702 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9703 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9704 9705 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9706 9707 // Special cases for arrays: 9708 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9709 // - otherwise, it's an error 9710 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9711 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9712 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9713 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9714 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9715 } 9716 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9717 } else { 9718 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9719 } 9720 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9721 } 9722 9723 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9724 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9725 TSInfo, 9726 StorageClass, nullptr); 9727 9728 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9729 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9730 // the class has been completely parsed. 9731 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9732 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9733 AbstractParamType)) 9734 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9735 9736 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9737 // passed by reference. 9738 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9739 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9740 Diag(NameLoc, 9741 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9742 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9743 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9744 New->setType(T); 9745 } 9746 9747 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9748 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9749 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9750 // an address space. 9751 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9752 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 9753 // to be qualified with an address space. 9754 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 9755 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9756 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9757 } 9758 } 9759 9760 return New; 9761 } 9762 9763 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9764 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9765 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9766 9767 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9768 // for a K&R function. 9769 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9770 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9771 --i; 9772 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 9773 SmallString<256> Code; 9774 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 9775 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 9776 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9777 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 9778 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9779 9780 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9781 // type. 9782 AttributeFactory attrs; 9783 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9784 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9785 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9786 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 9787 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9788 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9789 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9790 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9791 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9792 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9793 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9794 } 9795 } 9796 } 9797 } 9798 9799 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9800 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 9801 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9802 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9803 9804 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9805 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9806 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9807 } 9808 9809 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 9810 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 9811 } 9812 9813 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9814 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9815 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9816 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9817 return false; 9818 9819 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9820 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9821 return false; 9822 9823 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9824 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9825 return false; 9826 9827 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9828 if (FD->isMain()) 9829 return false; 9830 9831 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9832 if (FD->isInlined()) 9833 return false; 9834 9835 // Don't warn about function templates. 9836 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9837 return false; 9838 9839 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9840 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9841 return false; 9842 9843 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9844 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9845 return false; 9846 9847 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9848 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9849 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9850 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9851 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9852 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9853 continue; 9854 9855 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9856 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9857 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9858 break; 9859 } 9860 9861 return MissingPrototype; 9862 } 9863 9864 void 9865 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9866 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9867 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9868 // was an extern inline function. 9869 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9870 if (!Definition) 9871 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9872 return; 9873 9874 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9875 return; 9876 9877 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9878 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9879 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9880 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9881 else 9882 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9883 9884 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9885 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9886 } 9887 9888 9889 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9890 Sema &S) { 9891 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9892 9893 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 9894 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9895 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9896 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 9897 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9898 9899 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9900 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9901 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9902 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9903 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9904 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9905 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9906 9907 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9908 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9909 9910 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 9911 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 9912 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 9913 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 9914 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 9915 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 9916 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 9917 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 9918 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 9919 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 9920 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 9921 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 9922 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 9923 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9924 9925 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 9926 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 9927 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9928 } 9929 } 9930 } 9931 9932 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9933 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9934 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9935 9936 if (!D) 9937 return D; 9938 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 9939 9940 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9941 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9942 else 9943 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9944 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9945 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9946 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9947 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9948 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9949 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9950 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9951 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9952 // have the LSI properly restored. 9953 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9954 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9955 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9956 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9957 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9958 } 9959 else 9960 // Enter a new function scope 9961 PushFunctionScope(); 9962 9963 // See if this is a redefinition. 9964 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9965 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9966 9967 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9968 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9969 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9970 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9971 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9972 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9973 } 9974 } 9975 9976 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9977 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9978 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 9979 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9980 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9981 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9982 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9983 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9984 9985 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9986 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9987 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9988 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9989 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9990 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 9991 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9992 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9993 9994 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9995 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9996 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9997 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9998 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9999 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10000 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10001 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10002 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10003 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10004 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10005 } 10006 } 10007 } 10008 10009 if (FnBodyScope) 10010 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10011 10012 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10013 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10014 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10015 10016 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10017 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10018 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10019 10020 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10021 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10022 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10023 10024 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10025 } 10026 } 10027 10028 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10029 // introduce them into the function scope. 10030 if (FnBodyScope) { 10031 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10032 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10033 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10034 I != E; ++I) { 10035 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10036 10037 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10038 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10039 // and reattach to the current context. 10040 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10041 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10042 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10043 if (DI == D) { 10044 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10045 break; 10046 } 10047 } 10048 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10049 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10050 } 10051 10052 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10053 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10054 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10055 10056 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10057 // accessible in this scope. 10058 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10059 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10060 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10061 } 10062 } 10063 } 10064 10065 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10066 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10067 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10068 10069 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10070 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10071 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10072 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10073 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10074 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10075 return D; 10076 } 10077 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10078 // a function template). 10079 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10080 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10081 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10082 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10083 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10084 10085 return D; 10086 } 10087 10088 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10089 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10090 /// optimization. 10091 /// 10092 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10093 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10094 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10095 /// use the named return value optimization. 10096 /// 10097 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10098 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10099 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10100 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10101 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10102 10103 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10104 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10105 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10106 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10107 } 10108 } 10109 } 10110 10111 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10112 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10113 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10114 return false; 10115 10116 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10117 // return type (yet). 10118 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10119 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10120 // we can still delay parsing it. 10121 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10122 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10123 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10124 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10125 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10126 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10127 } 10128 } 10129 return false; 10130 } 10131 10132 return true; 10133 } 10134 10135 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10136 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10137 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10138 // rest of the file. 10139 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10140 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10141 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10142 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10143 return false; 10144 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10145 } 10146 10147 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10148 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10149 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10150 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10151 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10152 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10153 } 10154 10155 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10156 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10157 } 10158 10159 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10160 bool IsInstantiation) { 10161 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10162 10163 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10164 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10165 10166 if (FD) { 10167 FD->setBody(Body); 10168 10169 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10170 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10171 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10172 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10173 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10174 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10175 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10176 << FD->getReturnType(); 10177 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10178 } else { 10179 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10180 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 10181 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc(); 10182 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10183 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10184 } 10185 } 10186 10187 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10188 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10189 // is the first declaration. 10190 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10191 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10192 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10193 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10194 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10195 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10196 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10197 } 10198 10199 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10200 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10201 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10202 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10203 10204 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10205 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10206 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10207 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10208 10209 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10210 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10211 if (Body) 10212 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10213 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10214 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10215 10216 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 10217 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10218 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10219 10220 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10221 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10222 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10224 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10225 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10226 } 10227 10228 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10229 "Function parsing confused"); 10230 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10231 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10232 MD->setBody(Body); 10233 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10234 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10235 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10236 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10237 10238 if (Body) 10239 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10240 } 10241 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10242 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10243 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10244 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10245 } 10246 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10247 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10248 bool isDesignated = 10249 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10250 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10251 (void)isDesignated; 10252 10253 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10254 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10255 if (!IFace) 10256 return false; 10257 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10258 if (!SuperD) 10259 return false; 10260 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10261 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10262 }; 10263 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10264 // of NSObject. 10265 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10266 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10267 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10268 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10269 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10270 } 10271 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10272 } 10273 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10274 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10275 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10276 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10277 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10278 } 10279 } else { 10280 return nullptr; 10281 } 10282 10283 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10284 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10285 "handled in the block above."); 10286 10287 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10288 if (Body) { 10289 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10290 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10291 // Verify this. 10292 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10293 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10294 10295 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10296 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10297 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10298 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10299 10300 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10301 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10302 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10303 10304 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10305 Destructor->getParent()); 10306 } 10307 10308 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10309 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10310 // deletion in some later function. 10311 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10312 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10313 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10314 } 10315 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10316 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10317 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10318 // enabled. 10319 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10320 } 10321 10322 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10323 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10324 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10325 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10326 10327 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10328 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10329 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10330 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10331 } 10332 10333 if (!IsInstantiation) 10334 PopDeclContext(); 10335 10336 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10337 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10338 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10339 // deletion in some later function. 10340 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10341 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10342 } 10343 10344 return dcl; 10345 } 10346 10347 10348 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10349 /// relevant Decl. 10350 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10351 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10352 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10353 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10354 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10355 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10356 10357 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10358 if (Method->isStatic()) 10359 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10360 } 10361 10362 10363 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10364 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10365 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10366 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10367 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10368 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10369 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10370 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10371 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10372 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10373 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10374 return ExternCPrev; 10375 } 10376 10377 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10378 unsigned diag_id; 10379 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10380 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10381 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10382 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10383 else 10384 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10385 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10386 10387 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10388 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10389 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10390 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10391 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 10392 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 10393 LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator, 10394 CTK_NonError))) 10395 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10396 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10397 } 10398 10399 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10400 const char *Dummy; 10401 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10402 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10403 unsigned DiagID; 10404 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10405 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10406 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10407 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10408 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10409 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10410 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10411 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10412 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10413 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10414 /*NumParams=*/0, 10415 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10416 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10417 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10418 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10419 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10420 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10421 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10422 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10423 EST_None, 10424 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10425 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10426 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10427 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10428 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10429 Loc, Loc, D), 10430 DS.getAttributes(), 10431 SourceLocation()); 10432 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10433 10434 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10435 10436 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10437 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10438 10439 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10440 FD->setImplicit(); 10441 10442 CurContext = PrevDC; 10443 10444 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10445 10446 return FD; 10447 } 10448 10449 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10450 /// the declaration of this function. 10451 /// 10452 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10453 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10454 /// like NSLog or printf. 10455 /// 10456 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10457 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10458 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10459 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10460 return; 10461 10462 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10463 // actual attributes. 10464 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10465 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10466 unsigned FormatIdx; 10467 bool HasVAListArg; 10468 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10469 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10470 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10471 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10472 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10473 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10474 fmt = "NSString"; 10475 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10476 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10477 FormatIdx+1, 10478 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10479 FD->getLocation())); 10480 } 10481 } 10482 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10483 HasVAListArg)) { 10484 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10485 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10486 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10487 FormatIdx+1, 10488 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10489 FD->getLocation())); 10490 } 10491 10492 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10493 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10494 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10495 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10496 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10497 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10498 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10499 } 10500 10501 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10502 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10503 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10504 FD->getLocation())); 10505 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10506 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10507 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10508 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10509 } 10510 10511 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10512 if (!Name) 10513 return; 10514 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10515 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10516 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10517 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10518 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10519 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10520 // about. 10521 } else 10522 return; 10523 10524 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10525 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10526 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10527 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10528 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10529 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10530 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10531 FD->getLocation())); 10532 } 10533 10534 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10535 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10536 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10537 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10538 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10539 FD->getLocation())); 10540 } 10541 } 10542 10543 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10544 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10545 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10546 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10547 10548 if (!TInfo) { 10549 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10550 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10551 } 10552 10553 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10554 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10555 D.getLocStart(), 10556 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10557 D.getIdentifier(), 10558 TInfo); 10559 10560 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10561 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10562 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10563 return NewTD; 10564 } 10565 10566 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10567 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10568 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10569 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10570 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10571 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10572 else 10573 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10574 } 10575 10576 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10577 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10578 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10579 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10580 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10581 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10582 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10583 case TST_enum: 10584 case TST_struct: 10585 case TST_interface: 10586 case TST_union: 10587 case TST_class: { 10588 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10589 10590 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10591 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10592 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10593 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10594 10595 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10596 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10597 10598 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10599 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10600 break; 10601 10602 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10603 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10604 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10605 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10606 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10607 // for how to handle it. 10608 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10609 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10610 10611 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10612 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10613 10614 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10615 textToInsert += ' '; 10616 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10617 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10618 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10619 break; 10620 } 10621 10622 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10623 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10624 break; 10625 } 10626 10627 default: 10628 break; 10629 } 10630 10631 return NewTD; 10632 } 10633 10634 10635 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10636 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10637 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10638 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10639 10640 if (T->isDependentType()) 10641 return false; 10642 10643 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10644 if (BT->isInteger()) 10645 return false; 10646 10647 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10648 return true; 10649 } 10650 10651 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10652 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10653 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10654 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10655 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10656 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10657 10658 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10659 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10660 << Prev->isScoped(); 10661 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10662 return true; 10663 } 10664 10665 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10666 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10667 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10668 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10669 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10670 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10671 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10672 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10673 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10674 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10675 return true; 10676 } 10677 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10678 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10679 << Prev->isFixed(); 10680 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10681 return true; 10682 } 10683 10684 return false; 10685 } 10686 10687 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10688 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10689 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10690 /// 10691 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10692 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10693 switch (Tag) { 10694 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10695 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10696 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10697 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10698 } 10699 } 10700 10701 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10702 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10703 /// 10704 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10705 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10706 { 10707 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10708 } 10709 10710 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10711 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10712 /// 10713 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10714 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10715 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10716 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10717 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10718 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10719 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10720 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10721 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10722 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10723 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10724 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10725 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10726 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10727 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10728 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10729 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10730 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10731 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10732 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10733 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10734 return true; 10735 10736 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10737 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10738 bool isTemplate = false; 10739 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10740 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10741 10742 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10743 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10744 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10745 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10746 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10747 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10748 return true; 10749 } 10750 10751 if (isDefinition) { 10752 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10753 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10754 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10755 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10756 return true; 10757 } 10758 10759 bool previousMismatch = false; 10760 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 10761 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10762 if (!previousMismatch) { 10763 previousMismatch = true; 10764 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10765 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10766 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10767 } 10768 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10769 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10770 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10771 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10772 } 10773 } 10774 return true; 10775 } 10776 10777 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10778 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10779 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10780 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10781 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10782 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10783 return true; 10784 } 10785 10786 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10787 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10788 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10789 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10790 10791 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 10792 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10793 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10794 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10795 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10796 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10797 } 10798 10799 return true; 10800 } 10801 return false; 10802 } 10803 10804 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 10805 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 10806 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 10807 /// namespace N { 10808 /// struct X; 10809 /// namespace M { 10810 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 10811 /// } 10812 /// } 10813 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 10814 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10815 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 10816 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 10817 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 10818 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 10819 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10820 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 10821 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 10822 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 10823 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 10824 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 10825 return FixItHint(); 10826 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 10827 Namespaces.push_back(II); 10828 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 10829 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 10830 if (Lookup == Namespace) 10831 break; 10832 } 10833 10834 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 10835 // build an NNS. 10836 SmallString<64> Insertion; 10837 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 10838 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 10839 OS << "::"; 10840 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 10841 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 10842 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 10843 OS.flush(); 10844 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 10845 } 10846 10847 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10848 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10849 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10850 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10851 /// 10852 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 10853 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 10854 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10855 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10856 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10857 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10858 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10859 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10860 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10861 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10862 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10863 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 10864 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 10865 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10866 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10867 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10868 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10869 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10870 10871 OwnedDecl = false; 10872 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10873 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10874 10875 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10876 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10877 bool Invalid = false; 10878 10879 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10880 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10881 // for non-C++ cases. 10882 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10883 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10884 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10885 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10886 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 10887 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10888 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10889 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10890 return nullptr; 10891 } 10892 10893 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10894 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10895 // be a member of another template). 10896 10897 if (Invalid) 10898 return nullptr; 10899 10900 OwnedDecl = false; 10901 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10902 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10903 TemplateParams, AS, 10904 ModulePrivateLoc, 10905 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 10906 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10907 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10908 return Result.get(); 10909 } else { 10910 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10911 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10912 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10913 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10914 } 10915 } 10916 } 10917 10918 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10919 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10920 // redeclaration. 10921 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10922 10923 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10924 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10925 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10926 // type, default to int. 10927 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10928 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10929 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10930 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10931 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 10932 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10933 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10934 10935 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10936 // Recover by falling back to int. 10937 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10938 10939 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10940 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10941 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10942 10943 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10944 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10945 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10946 } 10947 10948 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10949 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10950 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10951 10952 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10953 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10954 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10955 10956 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10957 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10958 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10959 10960 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10961 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10962 Name = nullptr; 10963 goto CreateNewDecl; 10964 } 10965 10966 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10967 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10968 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10969 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10970 if (!DC) { 10971 IsDependent = true; 10972 return nullptr; 10973 } 10974 } else { 10975 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10976 if (!DC) { 10977 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10978 << SS.getRange(); 10979 return nullptr; 10980 } 10981 } 10982 10983 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10984 return nullptr; 10985 10986 SearchDC = DC; 10987 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10988 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10989 10990 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10991 return nullptr; 10992 10993 if (Previous.empty()) { 10994 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10995 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10996 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10997 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10998 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10999 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11000 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11001 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11002 IsDependent = true; 11003 return nullptr; 11004 } 11005 11006 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11007 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11008 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11009 Name = nullptr; 11010 Invalid = true; 11011 goto CreateNewDecl; 11012 } 11013 } else if (Name) { 11014 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11015 // declaration or definition. 11016 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11017 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11018 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11019 LookupName(Previous, S); 11020 11021 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11022 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11023 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11024 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11025 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11026 while (F.hasNext()) { 11027 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11028 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11029 F.erase(); 11030 } 11031 F.done(); 11032 } 11033 11034 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11035 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11036 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11037 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11038 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11039 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11040 // 11041 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11042 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11043 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11044 // 11045 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11046 // semantic context? 11047 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11048 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11049 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11050 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11051 while (F.hasNext()) { 11052 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11053 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11054 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11055 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11056 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11057 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11058 else 11059 F.erase(); 11060 } 11061 } 11062 F.done(); 11063 11064 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11065 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11066 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11067 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11068 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11069 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11070 } 11071 } 11072 11073 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11074 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11075 return nullptr; 11076 11077 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11078 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11079 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11080 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11081 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11082 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11083 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11084 } 11085 } 11086 11087 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11088 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11089 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11090 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11091 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11092 Previous.clear(); 11093 } 11094 11095 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11096 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11097 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11098 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11099 11100 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11101 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11102 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11103 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11104 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11105 } 11106 } 11107 11108 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11109 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11110 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11111 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11112 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11113 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11114 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11115 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11116 11117 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11118 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11119 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11120 // 11121 // class-key identifier 11122 // 11123 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11124 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11125 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11126 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11127 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11128 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11129 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11130 // declaration. 11131 // 11132 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11133 // C structs and unions. 11134 // 11135 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11136 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11137 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11138 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11139 // 11140 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11141 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11142 // 11143 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11144 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11145 // lexical context, 11146 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11147 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11148 11149 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11150 while (S->isClassScope() || 11151 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11152 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11153 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11154 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11155 S = S->getParent(); 11156 } else { 11157 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11158 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11159 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11160 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11161 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11162 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11163 } 11164 11165 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11166 // diagnose some problems. 11167 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11168 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11169 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11170 } 11171 } 11172 11173 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11174 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11175 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11176 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11177 11178 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11179 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11180 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11181 // in C++. 11182 // 11183 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11184 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11185 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11186 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11187 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11188 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11189 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11190 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11191 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11192 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11193 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11194 PrevDecl = Tag; 11195 Previous.clear(); 11196 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11197 Previous.resolveKind(); 11198 } 11199 } 11200 } 11201 } 11202 11203 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11204 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11205 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11206 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11207 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11208 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11209 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11210 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11211 // struct or something similar. 11212 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11213 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11214 *Name)) { 11215 bool SafeToContinue 11216 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11217 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11218 if (SafeToContinue) 11219 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11220 << Name 11221 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11222 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11223 else 11224 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11225 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11226 11227 if (SafeToContinue) 11228 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11229 else { 11230 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11231 Name = nullptr; 11232 Previous.clear(); 11233 Invalid = true; 11234 } 11235 } 11236 11237 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11238 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11239 11240 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11241 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11242 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11243 if (ScopedEnum) 11244 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11245 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11246 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11247 return PrevTagDecl; 11248 } 11249 11250 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11251 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11252 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11253 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11254 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11255 11256 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11257 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11258 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11259 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11260 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11261 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11262 } 11263 11264 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11265 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11266 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11267 // and then later defined. 11268 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11269 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11270 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11271 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11272 } 11273 11274 if (!Invalid) { 11275 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11276 // we have attributes. 11277 11278 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11279 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11280 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11281 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11282 if (!Attr && 11283 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11284 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11285 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11286 return PrevTagDecl; 11287 11288 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11289 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11290 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11291 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11292 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11293 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11294 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11295 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11296 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11297 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11298 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11299 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11300 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11301 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11302 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11303 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11304 } 11305 11306 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11307 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11308 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11309 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11311 else 11312 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11313 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11314 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11315 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11316 // references get the previous definition. 11317 Name = nullptr; 11318 Previous.clear(); 11319 Invalid = true; 11320 } 11321 } else { 11322 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11323 // about a nested redefinition. 11324 const TagType *Tag 11325 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 11326 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11327 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11328 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11329 diag::note_previous_definition); 11330 Name = nullptr; 11331 Previous.clear(); 11332 Invalid = true; 11333 } 11334 } 11335 11336 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11337 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11338 } 11339 11340 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11341 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11342 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11343 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11344 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11345 AS = AS_none; 11346 } 11347 } 11348 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11349 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11350 11351 } else { 11352 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11353 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11354 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11355 // have distinct types. 11356 Previous.clear(); 11357 } 11358 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11359 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11360 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11361 11362 11363 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11364 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11365 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11366 } else { 11367 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11368 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11369 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11370 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11371 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11372 unsigned Kind = 0; 11373 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11374 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11375 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11376 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11377 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11378 Invalid = true; 11379 11380 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11381 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11382 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11383 // do nothing 11384 11385 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11386 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11387 unsigned Kind = 0; 11388 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11389 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11390 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11391 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11392 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11393 Invalid = true; 11394 11395 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11396 // case here. 11397 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11398 unsigned Kind = 0; 11399 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11400 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11401 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11402 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11403 Invalid = true; 11404 11405 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11406 } else { 11407 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11408 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11409 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11410 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11411 Name = nullptr; 11412 Invalid = true; 11413 } 11414 11415 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11416 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11417 Previous.clear(); 11418 } 11419 } 11420 11421 CreateNewDecl: 11422 11423 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11424 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11425 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11426 11427 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11428 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11429 // keyword. 11430 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11431 11432 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11433 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11434 // PrevDecl. 11435 TagDecl *New; 11436 11437 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11438 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11439 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11440 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11441 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11442 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11443 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11444 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11445 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11446 TagDecl *Def; 11447 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11448 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11449 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11450 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11451 } 11452 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11453 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11454 << New; 11455 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11456 } else { 11457 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11458 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11459 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11460 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11461 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11462 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11463 11464 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11465 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11466 // the declaration context. 11467 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11468 IsForwardReference = true; 11469 } 11470 } 11471 11472 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11473 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11474 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11475 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11476 else 11477 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11478 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11479 } 11480 11481 } else { 11482 // struct/union/class 11483 11484 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11485 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11486 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11487 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11488 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11489 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11490 11491 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11492 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11493 } else 11494 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11495 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11496 } 11497 11498 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11499 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11500 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11501 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11502 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11503 Invalid = true; 11504 } 11505 11506 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11507 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11508 if (SS.isSet()) { 11509 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11510 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11511 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11512 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11513 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11514 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11515 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11516 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11517 Invalid = true; 11518 11519 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11520 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11521 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11522 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11523 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11524 } 11525 } 11526 else 11527 Invalid = true; 11528 } 11529 11530 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11531 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11532 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11533 // 11534 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11535 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11536 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11537 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11538 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11539 // parsing of the struct). 11540 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11541 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11542 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11543 } 11544 } 11545 11546 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11547 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11548 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11549 << 2 11550 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11551 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11552 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11553 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11554 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11555 New->setModulePrivate(); 11556 } 11557 11558 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11559 // check the specialization. 11560 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11561 Invalid = true; 11562 11563 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11564 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11565 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11566 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11567 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11568 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11569 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11570 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11571 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11572 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11573 << Name; 11574 Invalid = true; 11575 } 11576 } else { 11577 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11578 } 11579 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11580 } 11581 11582 if (Invalid) 11583 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11584 11585 if (Attr) 11586 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11587 11588 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11589 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11590 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11591 11592 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11593 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11594 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11595 // the tag name visible. 11596 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11597 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11598 11599 // Set the access specifier. 11600 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11601 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11602 11603 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11604 New->startDefinition(); 11605 11606 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11607 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11608 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11609 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11610 if (PrevDecl) 11611 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11612 11613 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11614 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11615 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11616 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11617 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11618 } else if (Name) { 11619 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11620 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11621 if (IsForwardReference) 11622 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11623 11624 } else { 11625 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11626 } 11627 11628 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11629 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11630 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11631 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11632 II->isStr("FILE")) 11633 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11634 11635 if (PrevDecl) 11636 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11637 11638 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11639 // record. 11640 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11641 11642 OwnedDecl = true; 11643 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11644 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11645 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11646 } 11647 11648 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11649 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11650 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11651 11652 // Enter the tag context. 11653 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11654 11655 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11656 11657 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11658 // record. 11659 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11660 } 11661 11662 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11663 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11664 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11665 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11666 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11667 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11668 CurContext = OCD; 11669 return IDecl; 11670 } 11671 11672 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11673 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11674 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11675 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11676 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11677 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11678 11679 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11680 11681 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11682 return; 11683 11684 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11685 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11686 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11687 11688 // C++ [class]p2: 11689 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11690 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11691 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11692 // as if it were a public member name. 11693 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11694 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11695 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11696 Record->getIdentifier(), 11697 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11698 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11699 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11700 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11701 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11702 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11703 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11704 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11705 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11706 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11707 } 11708 11709 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11710 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11711 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11712 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11713 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11714 11715 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11716 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11717 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11718 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11719 RD->completeDefinition(); 11720 } 11721 11722 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11723 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11724 11725 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11726 PopDeclContext(); 11727 11728 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11729 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11730 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11731 11732 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11733 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11734 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11735 } 11736 11737 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11738 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11739 PopDeclContext(); 11740 } 11741 11742 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11743 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11744 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11745 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11746 } 11747 11748 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11749 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11750 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 11751 } 11752 11753 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11754 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11755 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11756 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11757 11758 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11759 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11760 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11761 RD->completeDefinition(); 11762 } 11763 11764 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11765 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11766 // the FieldCollector. 11767 11768 PopDeclContext(); 11769 } 11770 11771 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11772 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11773 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11774 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11775 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11776 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11777 if (ZeroWidth) 11778 *ZeroWidth = true; 11779 11780 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11781 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11782 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11783 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11784 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11785 return ExprError(); 11786 if (FieldName) 11787 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11788 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11789 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11790 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11791 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11792 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11793 return ExprError(); 11794 11795 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11796 // it now. 11797 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11798 return BitWidth; 11799 11800 llvm::APSInt Value; 11801 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11802 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11803 return ICE; 11804 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 11805 11806 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11807 *ZeroWidth = false; 11808 11809 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11810 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11811 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11812 11813 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11814 if (FieldName) 11815 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11816 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11817 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11818 << Value.toString(10); 11819 } 11820 11821 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11822 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11823 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11824 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 11825 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11826 if (FieldName) 11827 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11828 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11829 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11830 11831 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11832 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11833 } 11834 11835 if (FieldName) 11836 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11837 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11838 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11839 else 11840 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11841 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11842 } 11843 } 11844 11845 return BitWidth; 11846 } 11847 11848 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11849 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11850 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11851 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11852 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11853 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11854 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11855 return Res; 11856 } 11857 11858 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11859 /// 11860 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11861 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11862 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11863 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11864 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11865 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11866 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11867 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11868 11869 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11870 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11872 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11873 11874 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11875 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11876 D.setInvalidType(); 11877 T = Context.IntTy; 11878 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11879 } 11880 } 11881 11882 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11883 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11884 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11885 D.setInvalidType(); 11886 } 11887 11888 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11889 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11890 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11891 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11892 D.setInvalidType(); 11893 } 11894 11895 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11896 11897 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11898 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11899 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11900 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11901 11902 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11903 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11904 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11905 LookupName(Previous, S); 11906 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11907 case LookupResult::Found: 11908 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11909 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11910 break; 11911 11912 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11913 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11914 break; 11915 11916 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11918 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11919 break; 11920 } 11921 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11922 11923 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11924 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11925 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11926 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11927 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11928 } 11929 11930 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11931 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11932 11933 bool Mutable 11934 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11935 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11936 FieldDecl *NewFD 11937 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11938 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11939 11940 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11941 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11942 11943 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11944 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11945 11946 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11947 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11948 // with the same name in the same scope. 11949 } else if (II) { 11950 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11951 } else 11952 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11953 11954 return NewFD; 11955 } 11956 11957 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11958 /// 11959 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11960 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11961 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11962 /// created. 11963 /// 11964 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11965 /// 11966 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11967 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11968 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11969 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11970 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11971 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11972 SourceLocation TSSL, 11973 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11974 Declarator *D) { 11975 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11976 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11977 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11978 11979 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11980 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11981 if (T.isNull()) { 11982 InvalidDecl = true; 11983 T = Context.IntTy; 11984 } 11985 11986 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11987 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11988 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11989 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11990 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11991 InvalidDecl = true; 11992 } else { 11993 NamedDecl *Def; 11994 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11995 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11996 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11997 InvalidDecl = true; 11998 } 11999 } 12000 } 12001 12002 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12003 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12004 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12005 InvalidDecl = true; 12006 } 12007 12008 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12009 // than a variably modified type. 12010 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12011 bool SizeIsNegative; 12012 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12013 12014 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12015 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12016 SizeIsNegative, 12017 Oversized); 12018 if (FixedTInfo) { 12019 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12020 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12021 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12022 } else { 12023 if (SizeIsNegative) 12024 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12025 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12027 << Oversized.toString(10); 12028 else 12029 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12030 InvalidDecl = true; 12031 } 12032 } 12033 12034 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12035 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12036 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12037 AbstractFieldType)) 12038 InvalidDecl = true; 12039 12040 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12041 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12042 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12043 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12044 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12045 if (!BitWidth) { 12046 InvalidDecl = true; 12047 BitWidth = nullptr; 12048 ZeroWidth = false; 12049 } 12050 } 12051 12052 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12053 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12054 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12055 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12056 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 12057 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12058 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12059 12060 if (DiagID) { 12061 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12062 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12063 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12064 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12065 Mutable = false; 12066 InvalidDecl = true; 12067 } 12068 } 12069 12070 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12071 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12072 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12073 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12074 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12075 12076 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12077 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12078 if (InvalidDecl) 12079 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12080 12081 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12082 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12083 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12084 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12085 } 12086 12087 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12088 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12089 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12090 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12091 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12092 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12093 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12094 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12095 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12096 // objects. 12097 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12098 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12099 } 12100 } 12101 12102 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12103 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12104 // enabled. 12105 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12106 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12107 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12108 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12109 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12110 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12111 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12112 } 12113 } 12114 } 12115 12116 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12117 // representation, not a parser representation. 12118 if (D) { 12119 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12120 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12121 12122 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12123 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12124 } 12125 12126 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12127 // retainable type. 12128 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12129 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12130 12131 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12132 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12133 12134 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12135 return NewFD; 12136 } 12137 12138 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12139 assert(FD); 12140 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12141 12142 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12143 return false; 12144 12145 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12146 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12147 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12148 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12149 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12150 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12151 // copy constructors. 12152 12153 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12154 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12155 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12156 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12157 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12158 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12159 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12160 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12161 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12162 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12163 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12164 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12165 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12166 member = CXXDestructor; 12167 12168 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12169 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12170 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12171 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12172 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12173 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12174 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12175 // members unavailable. 12176 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12177 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12178 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12179 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12180 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12181 Loc)); 12182 return false; 12183 } 12184 } 12185 12186 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12187 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12188 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12189 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12190 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12191 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12192 } 12193 } 12194 } 12195 12196 return false; 12197 } 12198 12199 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12200 /// AST enum value. 12201 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12202 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12203 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12204 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12205 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12206 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12207 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12208 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12209 } 12210 } 12211 12212 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12213 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12214 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12215 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12216 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12217 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12218 12219 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12220 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12221 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12222 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12223 12224 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12225 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12226 12227 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12228 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12229 12230 if (BitWidth) { 12231 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12232 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12233 if (!BitWidth) 12234 D.setInvalidType(); 12235 } else { 12236 // Not a bitfield. 12237 12238 // validate II. 12239 12240 } 12241 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12242 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12243 D.setInvalidType(); 12244 } 12245 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12246 // than a variably modified type. 12247 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12248 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12249 D.setInvalidType(); 12250 } 12251 12252 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12253 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12254 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12255 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12256 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12257 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12258 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12259 return nullptr; 12260 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12261 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12262 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12263 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12264 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12265 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12266 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12267 } 12268 else 12269 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12270 } else { 12271 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12272 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12273 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12274 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12275 return nullptr; 12276 } 12277 } 12278 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12279 } 12280 12281 // Construct the decl. 12282 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12283 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12284 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12285 12286 if (II) { 12287 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12288 ForRedeclaration); 12289 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12290 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12291 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12292 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12293 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12294 } 12295 } 12296 12297 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12298 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12299 12300 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12301 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12302 12303 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12304 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12305 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12306 12307 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12308 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12309 12310 if (II) { 12311 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12312 // these to the interface. 12313 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12314 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12315 } 12316 12317 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12318 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12319 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12320 12321 return NewID; 12322 } 12323 12324 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12325 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12326 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12327 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12328 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12329 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12330 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12331 return; 12332 12333 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12334 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12335 12336 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12337 return; 12338 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12339 if (!ID) { 12340 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12341 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12342 return; 12343 } 12344 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12345 else 12346 return; 12347 } 12348 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12349 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12350 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12351 12352 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12353 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12354 Context.CharTy, 12355 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12356 DeclLoc), 12357 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12358 true); 12359 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12360 } 12361 12362 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12363 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12364 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12365 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12366 12367 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12368 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12369 // it will now change. 12370 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12371 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12372 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12373 default: break; 12374 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12375 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12376 break; 12377 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12378 Context. 12379 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12380 break; 12381 } 12382 } 12383 12384 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12385 12386 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12387 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12388 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12389 if (Record) { 12390 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12391 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12392 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12393 ++NumNamedMembers; 12394 } 12395 } 12396 12397 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12398 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12399 12400 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12401 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12402 i != end; ++i) { 12403 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12404 12405 // Get the type for the field. 12406 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12407 12408 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12409 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12410 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12411 } 12412 12413 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12414 // diagnostics about it. 12415 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12416 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12417 continue; 12418 } 12419 12420 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12421 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12422 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12423 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12424 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12425 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12426 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12427 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12428 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12429 // array. 12430 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12431 // Field declared as a function. 12432 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12433 << FD->getDeclName(); 12434 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12435 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12436 continue; 12437 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12438 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12439 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12440 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12441 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12442 // Flexible array member. 12443 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12444 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12445 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12446 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12447 if (Record->isUnion()) 12448 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12449 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12450 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12451 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12452 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12453 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12454 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12455 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12456 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12457 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12458 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12459 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12460 : 0; 12461 12462 if (DiagID) 12463 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12464 << Record->getTagKind(); 12465 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12466 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12467 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12468 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12469 // of the type. 12470 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12471 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12472 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12473 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12474 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12475 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12476 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12477 12478 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12479 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12480 // 12481 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12482 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12483 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12484 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12485 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12486 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12487 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12488 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12489 continue; 12490 } 12491 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12492 if (Record) 12493 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12494 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12495 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12496 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12497 // Incomplete type 12498 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12499 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12500 continue; 12501 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12502 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12503 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 12504 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 12505 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12506 } else { 12507 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12508 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12509 // structures. 12510 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12511 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12512 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12513 else { 12514 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12515 // other structs as an extension. 12516 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12517 << FD->getDeclName(); 12518 if (Record) 12519 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12520 } 12521 } 12522 } 12523 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12524 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12525 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12526 AbstractIvarType)) { 12527 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12528 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12529 } 12530 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12531 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12532 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12533 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12534 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12535 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12536 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12537 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12538 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12539 FD->setType(T); 12540 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12541 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12542 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12543 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12544 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12545 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12546 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12547 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12548 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12549 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12550 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12551 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12552 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12553 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12554 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12555 loc)); 12556 } 12557 } else { 12558 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12559 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12560 } 12561 ARCErrReported = true; 12562 } 12563 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12564 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12565 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12566 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12567 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12568 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12569 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12570 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12571 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12572 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12573 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12574 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12575 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12576 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12577 } 12578 } 12579 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12580 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12581 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12582 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12583 ++NumNamedMembers; 12584 } 12585 12586 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12587 if (Record) { 12588 bool Completed = false; 12589 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12590 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12591 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12592 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12593 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12594 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12595 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12596 12597 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12598 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12599 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12600 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12601 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12602 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12603 } 12604 12605 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12606 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12607 12608 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12609 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12610 // problem now. 12611 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12612 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12613 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12614 12615 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12616 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12617 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12618 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12619 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12620 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12621 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12622 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12623 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12624 continue; 12625 12626 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12627 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12628 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12629 // program is ill-formed. 12630 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12631 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12632 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12633 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12634 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12635 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12636 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12637 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12638 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12639 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12640 12641 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12642 } 12643 } 12644 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12645 Completed = true; 12646 } 12647 } 12648 } 12649 } 12650 12651 if (!Completed) 12652 Record->completeDefinition(); 12653 12654 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12655 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12656 12657 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12658 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12659 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12660 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12661 } 12662 12663 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12664 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12665 // compatibility problems. 12666 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12667 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12668 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12669 } else { 12670 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12671 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12672 CheckForZeroSize = 12673 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12674 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12675 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12676 } 12677 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12678 bool ZeroSize = true; 12679 bool IsEmpty = true; 12680 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12681 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12682 E = Record->field_end(); 12683 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12684 IsEmpty = false; 12685 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12686 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12687 ZeroSize = false; 12688 } else { 12689 ++NonBitFields; 12690 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12691 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12692 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12693 ZeroSize = false; 12694 } 12695 } 12696 12697 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12698 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12699 // extern "C" block. 12700 if (ZeroSize) { 12701 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12702 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12703 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12704 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12705 } 12706 12707 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12708 // but are accepted by GCC. 12709 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12710 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12711 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12712 << Record->isUnion(); 12713 } 12714 } 12715 } else { 12716 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12717 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12718 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12719 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12720 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12721 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12722 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12723 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12724 } 12725 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12726 // duplicates. 12727 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12728 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12729 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12730 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12731 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12732 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12733 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12734 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12735 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12736 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12737 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12738 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12739 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12740 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12741 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12742 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12743 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12744 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12745 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12746 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12747 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12748 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12749 if (IDecl) { 12750 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12751 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12752 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12753 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12754 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12755 continue; 12756 } 12757 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 12758 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12759 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12760 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12761 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12762 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12763 continue; 12764 } 12765 } 12766 } 12767 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12768 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12769 } 12770 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12771 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12772 } 12773 } 12774 12775 if (Attr) 12776 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12777 } 12778 12779 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12780 /// the given type T. 12781 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12782 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12783 QualType T) { 12784 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12785 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12786 12787 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12788 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12789 --BitWidth; 12790 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12791 } 12792 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12793 } 12794 12795 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12796 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12797 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12798 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12799 // enum checking below. 12800 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12801 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12802 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12803 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12804 }; 12805 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12806 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12807 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12808 }; 12809 12810 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12811 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12812 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12813 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12814 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12815 return Types[I]; 12816 12817 return QualType(); 12818 } 12819 12820 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12821 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12822 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12823 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12824 Expr *Val) { 12825 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12826 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12827 QualType EltTy; 12828 12829 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12830 Val = nullptr; 12831 12832 if (Val) 12833 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 12834 12835 if (Val) { 12836 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12837 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12838 else { 12839 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12840 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12841 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12842 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12843 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12844 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12845 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12846 ExprResult Converted = 12847 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12848 CCEK_Enumerator); 12849 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12850 Val = nullptr; 12851 else 12852 Val = Converted.get(); 12853 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12854 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12855 &EnumVal).get())) { 12856 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12857 } else { 12858 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12859 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12860 12861 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12862 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12863 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12864 // expression checking. 12865 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12866 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12867 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12868 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12869 } else 12870 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12871 } else 12872 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12873 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12874 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12875 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12876 // is the type of its initializing value: 12877 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12878 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12879 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12880 } else { 12881 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12882 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12883 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12884 // representable as an int. 12885 12886 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12887 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12888 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12889 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12890 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12891 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12892 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12893 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12894 } 12895 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12896 } 12897 } 12898 } 12899 } 12900 12901 if (!Val) { 12902 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12903 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12904 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12905 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12906 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12907 // is the type of its initializing value: 12908 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12909 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12910 // 12911 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12912 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12913 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12914 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12915 } 12916 else { 12917 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12918 } 12919 } else { 12920 // Assign the last value + 1. 12921 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12922 ++EnumVal; 12923 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12924 12925 // Check for overflow on increment. 12926 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12927 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12928 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12929 // is the type of its initializing value: 12930 // 12931 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12932 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12933 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12934 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12935 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12936 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12937 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12938 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12939 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12940 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12941 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12942 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12943 ++EnumVal; 12944 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12945 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12946 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12947 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12948 << EltTy; 12949 else 12950 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 12951 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12952 } else { 12953 EltTy = T; 12954 } 12955 12956 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12957 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12958 // value, then increment. 12959 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12960 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12961 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12962 ++EnumVal; 12963 12964 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12965 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12966 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12967 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12968 // integral type. 12969 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12970 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12971 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12972 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12973 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12974 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12975 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12976 } 12977 } 12978 } 12979 12980 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12981 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12982 // enumerator's type. 12983 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12984 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12985 } 12986 12987 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12988 Val, EnumVal); 12989 } 12990 12991 12992 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12993 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12994 AttributeList *Attr, 12995 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12996 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12997 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12998 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12999 13000 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13001 // we find one that is. 13002 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13003 13004 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13005 // scope. 13006 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13007 ForRedeclaration); 13008 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13009 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13010 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13011 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13012 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13013 } 13014 13015 if (PrevDecl) { 13016 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13017 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13018 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13019 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13020 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13021 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13022 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13023 else 13024 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13025 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13026 return nullptr; 13027 } 13028 } 13029 13030 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13031 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13032 // different from T: 13033 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13034 // enumerated type 13035 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13036 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13037 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13038 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13039 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13040 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13041 13042 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13043 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13044 13045 if (New) { 13046 // Process attributes. 13047 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13048 13049 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13050 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13051 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13052 } 13053 13054 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13055 13056 return New; 13057 } 13058 13059 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13060 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13061 // Element2 = Element1 13062 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13063 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13064 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13065 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13066 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13067 if (!InitExpr) 13068 return true; 13069 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13070 13071 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13072 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13073 return true; 13074 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13075 if (!IL) 13076 return true; 13077 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13078 return true; 13079 13080 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13081 } 13082 13083 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13084 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13085 if (!DRE) 13086 return true; 13087 13088 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13089 if (!EnumConstant) 13090 return true; 13091 13092 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13093 Enum) 13094 return true; 13095 13096 return false; 13097 } 13098 13099 struct DupKey { 13100 int64_t val; 13101 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13102 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13103 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13104 }; 13105 13106 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13107 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13108 false); 13109 } 13110 13111 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13112 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13113 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13114 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13115 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13116 } 13117 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13118 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13119 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13120 } 13121 }; 13122 13123 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13124 // a previous element has already been set to. 13125 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13126 EnumDecl *Enum, 13127 QualType EnumType) { 13128 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13129 return; 13130 // Avoid anonymous enums 13131 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13132 return; 13133 13134 // Only check for small enums. 13135 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13136 return; 13137 13138 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13139 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13140 13141 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13142 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13143 ValueToVectorMap; 13144 13145 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13146 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13147 13148 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13149 // an initialier. 13150 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13151 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13152 13153 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13154 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13155 if (!ECD) { 13156 return; 13157 } 13158 13159 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13160 continue; 13161 13162 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13163 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13164 13165 // First time encountering this value. 13166 if (Entry.isNull()) 13167 Entry = ECD; 13168 } 13169 13170 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13171 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13172 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13173 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13174 continue; 13175 13176 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13177 13178 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13179 if (Entry.isNull()) 13180 continue; 13181 13182 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13183 // Ensure constants are different. 13184 if (D == ECD) 13185 continue; 13186 13187 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13188 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13189 Vec->push_back(D); 13190 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13191 13192 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13193 Entry = Vec; 13194 13195 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13196 // diagnostics. 13197 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13198 continue; 13199 } 13200 13201 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13202 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13203 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13204 continue; 13205 13206 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13207 } 13208 13209 // Emit diagnostics. 13210 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13211 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13212 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13213 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13214 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13215 13216 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13217 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13218 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13219 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13220 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13221 ++I; 13222 13223 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13224 // the same value. 13225 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13226 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13227 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13228 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13229 delete Vec; 13230 } 13231 } 13232 13233 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13234 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13235 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13236 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13237 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13238 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13239 13240 if (Attr) 13241 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13242 13243 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13244 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13245 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13246 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13247 if (!ECD) continue; 13248 13249 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13250 } 13251 13252 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13253 return; 13254 } 13255 13256 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13257 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13258 // emit a warning. 13259 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13260 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13261 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13262 13263 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13264 // reverse the list. 13265 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13266 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13267 13268 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13269 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13270 13271 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13272 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13273 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13274 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13275 13276 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13277 13278 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13279 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13280 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13281 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13282 else 13283 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13284 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13285 13286 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13287 if (AllElementsInt) 13288 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13289 } 13290 13291 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13292 QualType BestType; 13293 unsigned BestWidth; 13294 13295 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13296 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13297 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13298 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13299 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13300 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13301 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13302 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13303 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13304 QualType BestPromotionType; 13305 13306 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13307 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13308 // enum definitions. 13309 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13310 Packed = true; 13311 13312 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13313 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13314 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13315 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13316 else 13317 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13318 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 13319 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 13320 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 13321 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13322 } 13323 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13324 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13325 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13326 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13327 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13328 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13329 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13330 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13331 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13332 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13333 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13334 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13335 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13336 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13337 } else { 13338 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13339 13340 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13341 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13342 } else { 13343 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13344 13345 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13346 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13347 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13348 } 13349 } 13350 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13351 } else { 13352 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13353 // all of the enumerator values. 13354 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13355 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13356 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13357 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13358 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13359 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13360 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13361 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13362 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13363 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13364 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13365 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13366 BestPromotionType 13367 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13368 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13369 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13370 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13371 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13372 BestPromotionType 13373 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13374 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13375 } else { 13376 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13377 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13378 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13379 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13380 BestPromotionType 13381 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13382 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13383 } 13384 } 13385 13386 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13387 // the type of the enum if needed. 13388 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13389 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13390 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13391 13392 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13393 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13394 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13395 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13396 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13397 13398 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13399 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13400 13401 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13402 // the enum decl type. 13403 QualType NewTy; 13404 unsigned NewWidth; 13405 bool NewSign; 13406 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13407 !Enum->isFixed() && 13408 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13409 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13410 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13411 NewSign = true; 13412 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13413 // Already the right type! 13414 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13415 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13416 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13417 // enumeration. 13418 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13419 continue; 13420 } else { 13421 NewTy = BestType; 13422 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13423 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13424 } 13425 13426 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13427 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13428 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13429 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13430 13431 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13432 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13433 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13434 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13435 CK_IntegralCast, 13436 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13437 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13438 VK_RValue)); 13439 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13440 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13441 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13442 // enumeration. 13443 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13444 else 13445 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13446 } 13447 13448 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13449 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13450 13451 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13452 13453 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13454 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13455 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13456 } 13457 13458 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13459 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13460 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13461 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13462 13463 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13464 AsmString, StartLoc, 13465 EndLoc); 13466 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13467 return New; 13468 } 13469 13470 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13471 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13472 DeclContext *DC) { 13473 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13474 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13475 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13476 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13477 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13478 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13479 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13480 return; 13481 } 13482 break; 13483 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13484 break; 13485 } 13486 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13487 } 13488 13489 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13490 DC = DC->getParent(); 13491 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13492 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13493 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13494 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13495 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13496 << DC; 13497 } 13498 } 13499 13500 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13501 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13502 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13503 Module *Mod = 13504 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13505 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13506 if (!Mod) 13507 return true; 13508 13509 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13510 13511 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13512 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13513 // silently ignoring the import. 13514 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13515 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13516 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13517 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13518 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13519 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13520 13521 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13522 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13523 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13524 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13525 // We need the length to be consistent. 13526 if (!ModCheck) 13527 break; 13528 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13529 13530 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13531 } 13532 13533 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13534 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13535 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13536 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13537 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13538 return Import; 13539 } 13540 13541 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13542 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13543 13544 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13545 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13546 /*Complain=*/true); 13547 } 13548 13549 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13550 Module *Mod) { 13551 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13552 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13553 return; 13554 13555 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13556 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13557 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13558 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13559 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13560 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13561 13562 // Make the module visible. 13563 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13564 /*Complain=*/false); 13565 } 13566 13567 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13568 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13569 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13570 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13571 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13572 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13573 LookupOrdinaryName); 13574 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13575 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13576 13577 if (PrevDecl) 13578 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13579 else 13580 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13581 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13582 } 13583 13584 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13585 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13586 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13587 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13588 13589 if (PrevDecl) { 13590 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13591 } else { 13592 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13593 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13594 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13595 } 13596 } 13597 13598 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13599 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13600 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13601 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13602 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13603 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13604 LookupOrdinaryName); 13605 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13606 13607 if (PrevDecl) { 13608 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13609 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13610 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13611 } else { 13612 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13613 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13614 } 13615 } 13616 13617 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13618 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13619 } 13620 13621 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13622 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13623 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13624 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13625 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13626 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13627 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13628 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13629 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13630 if (R != AR_Available) 13631 return R; 13632 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13633 } 13634 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13635 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13636 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13637 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13638 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13639 } 13640 // Recover from user error. 13641 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 13642 } 13643